US20050113402A1 - Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors - Google Patents

Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050113402A1
US20050113402A1 US10/971,476 US97147604A US2005113402A1 US 20050113402 A1 US20050113402 A1 US 20050113402A1 US 97147604 A US97147604 A US 97147604A US 2005113402 A1 US2005113402 A1 US 2005113402A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
independently selected
mmol
group
optionally substituted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/971,476
Inventor
Zhihua Sui
Mark Macielag
Jihua Guan
Weigin Jiang
James Lanter
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/971,476 priority Critical patent/US20050113402A1/en
Publication of US20050113402A1 publication Critical patent/US20050113402A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/02Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for disorders of the vagina
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives

Definitions

  • the invention relates to novel pyrrolopyridinone derivatives, intermediates used in, synthesis of and pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and their use for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.
  • the compounds of the present invention are phosphodiesterase inhibitors useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction.
  • Erectile dysfunction is defined as the inability to achieve or maintain an erection sufficiently rigid for satisfactory sexual intercourse.
  • ED Erectile dysfunction
  • Male erectile dysfunction may be the consequence of psychogenic and/or organic factors.
  • ED is multi-factorial, certain sub-groups within the male population are more likely to present with the symptoms of the disorder.
  • patients with diabetes, hypertension, heart disease, and multiple sclerosis have a particularly high prevalence of ED.
  • patients who take certain classes of drugs such as antihypertensives, antidepressants, sedatives, and anxiolytics are more prone to suffer from ED.
  • Treatments for ED include a variety of pharmacologic agents, vacuum devices, and penile prostheses.
  • pharmacologic agents papaverine, phentolamine, and alprostadil are currently used in practice. These agents are only effective after direct intracavernosal or intraurethral injection, and are associated with side effects such as priapism, fibrosis, penile pain and hematoma at the injection site.
  • Vacuum devices are a noninasive alternative treatment for ED. These devices produce an erection by creating a negative pressure around the shaft of the penis resulting in an increased blood flow into the corpus cavernosum via passive arterial dilation.
  • sildenafil (Viagra®) was approved by the FDA as an orally-effective medication for the treatment of ED.
  • Sildenafil 5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulphonyl)phenyl]-1-methyl-3-n-propyl-6,7-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and a number of related analogs and their use as antianginal agents are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,250,534 and 5,346,901.
  • the use of sildenafil and related analogs for treating male erectile dysfunction is described in PCT International Application Publication No.
  • WO 94/28902 published Dec. 22, 1994.
  • the drug improved sexual function in about 70% of the men who suffer from ED of psychogenic or organic etiology.
  • the drug showed less dramatic efficacy in patients who had undergone a radical prostatectomy, with improved erections in 43% of patients who took sildenafil versus 15% on placebo.
  • the use of sildenafil is associated with several undesirable side effects including headache, flushing and disrupted color vision which result from non-selective effects on a variety of tissues.
  • the drug is viewed by patients as preferable to other treatments which involve the introduction of medication directly into the penis via injection, the use of an external device or a surgical procedure.
  • Daugan et. al in U.S. Pat. No. 5,859,009 and EP 0740668 B1 describe the synthesis of a series of tetracyclic derivatives as inhibitors of cyclic guanosine 3′,5′ monophosphate specifically phosphodiesterase, and their use in treating cardiovascular disorders. Daugan et. al., in WO97/03675 teach the use of the tetracyclic derivatives for the treatment of impotence.
  • Pfenninger E. in DE 2803541 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,235,907 discloses substituted 9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-ones and their use in the treatment of allergic asthma.
  • Sexually stimulated penile erection results from a complex interplay of physiological processes involving the central nervous system, the peripheral nervous system, and the smooth muscle. Specifically, release of nitric oxide from the non-adrenergic, non-cholinergic nerves and endothelium activates guanylyl cyclase and increases intracellular cGMP levels within the corpus cavernosum. The increase in intracellular cGMP reduces intracellular calcium levels, resulting in trabecular smooth muscle relaxation, which, in turn, results in corporal volume expansion and compression of the sub-tunical venules leading to penile erection.
  • PDEV has been found in human platelets and vascular smooth muscle, suggesting a role for this enzyme in the regulation of intracellular concentrations of cGMP in cardiovascular tissue.
  • inhibitors of PDEV have been shown to produce endothelial-dependent vasorelaxation by potentiating the increases in intracellular cGMP induced by nitric oxide.
  • PDEV inhibitors selectively lower the pulmonary arterial pressure in animal models of congestive heart failure and pulmonary hypertension.
  • PDEV inhibitors would likely be of therapeutic benefit in conditions like heart failure, pulmonary hypertension, and angina.
  • PDEs guanylate cyclases and the cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases
  • selective PDE inhibitors are known to be useful in the treatment of various disorders and conditions including male erectile dysfunction (ED), female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris, premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary rest stenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications.
  • ED male erectile dysfunction
  • female sexual arousal dysfunction female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris
  • premature labor dysmenorrhea
  • cardiovascular disorders atherosclerosis
  • arterial occlusive disorders thrombosis
  • coronary rest stenosis coronary rest stenosis
  • myocardial infarction heart failure
  • disorders mediated by PDEV such as male erectile dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary reststenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication or diabetic complications.
  • the present invention provides novel pyrrolopyridinone derivative compounds useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors. More particularly, the present invention is directed to compounds of the general formula (I) or (II):
  • Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above.
  • An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Exemplifying the invention is a method of treating a condition selected from the group consisting of male erectile dysfunction (ED), impotence, female sexual dysfunction, female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris, premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary rest stenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • ED male erectile dysfunction
  • impotence female sexual dysfunction
  • female sexual arousal dysfunction female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris
  • premature labor dysmenorrhea
  • An example of the invention is a method for increasing the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue through the inhibition of phosphodiesterases, specifically PDEV, in a male subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • An example of the invention is the use of any of the compounds described above in the preparation of a medicament for: (a) treating sexual dysfunction, especially male erectile dysfunction, (b) treating impotence, (c) increasing the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue through inhibition of phosphodiesterase, especially PDEV and/or (d) treating a condition selected from the group consisting of premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary reststenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications in a subject in need thereof.
  • the present invention provides novel pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction, particularly male erectile dysfunction (ED).
  • ED male erectile dysfunction
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful primarily for the treatment of male sexual dysfunction or erectile dysfunction, they may also be useful for the treatment of female sexual dysfunction, for example female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissue of the vagina and clitoris, and of premature labor and dysmenorrhea.
  • the compounds of the present invention are of the formula (I) or (II):
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl (optionally substituted with one to two substituent selected from halogen, nitro, cyano, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH 2 , NH(C 1 -C 3 alkyl) or N(C 1 -C 3 alkyl) 2 ), heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl), 3,4-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 5-benxofuryl, 5-indanyl and 3-thienyl. More preferably, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl), 3,4-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 3-thienyl, 5-indanyl and 5-benzofuryl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl), 3,4-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 3-thienyl, 5-indanyl and 5-benzofuryl. Most preferably, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, and 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl).
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1 -C 4 alkyl. More preferably, R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl. Most preferably, R 3 is hydrogen.
  • b is an integer from 0 to 4. More preferably b is in integer from 0 to 1.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, C 1 -C 3 alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl (wherein the phenyl may be optionally substituted with one to two substituents selected from hydroxy, carboxy, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkylthio, hydroxyC 1-4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 alkyoxycarbonyl, C(O)N(R A ) 2 , trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, amino, (C 1-4 alkyl)amino, di(C 1-4 alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano or formyl), O-aralkyl, heteroaryl (wherein the heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to two substituents selected from hydroxy, carboxy, ox
  • c is 0. In another preferred embodiment a is an integer from 0 to 1.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of —C 1 -C 4 alkyl-, —C(S)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—(C 1 -C 4 alkyl)-, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 alkyl)-, —C(O)—(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)-, C(O)—(C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)- and —C(O)NH—(C 1 -C 3 alkyl)-.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —C(S)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH 2 —, —C(O)—CH 2 CH 2 —, —C(O)—CH ⁇ CH—, —C(O)NH—CH 2 —, —C(O)-cyclopropyl and —C(O)CH 2 —. More preferably, Y is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH 2 —, —C(O)—CH 2 CH 2 —, —C(O)—CH ⁇ CH—, and —C(O)-cyclopropyl.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH 2 — and —C(O)—CH ⁇ CH—. Most preferably, Y is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)— and —C(O)O—CH 2 —;
  • halogen shall include iodine, bromine, chlorine and fluorine.
  • alkyl shall mean straight or branched chain alkanes of one to ten carbon atoms, or any number within this range.
  • alkyl radicals include, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 3-(2-methyl)butyl, 2-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl and 2-methylpentyl.
  • alkenyl and alkynyl groups include straight and branched chain alkenes and alkynes having two to ten carbon atoms, or any number within this range.
  • alkoxy shall denote an oxygen ether radical of the above described straight or branched chain alkyl group.
  • alkoxy radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
  • aryl indicates an aromatic group such as phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
  • aralkyl denotes an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group For example, benzyl, phenylethyl, and the like.
  • aralkenyl denotes an alkenyl group substituted with an aryl group, for example phenylethylenyl, and the like.
  • heteroaryl represents a stable five or six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system containing one to three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and any nine or ten membered bicyclic aromatic ring system containing carbon atoms and one to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S.
  • the heteroaryl group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, purinyl.
  • Preferred heteroaryl groups include pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, furyl, imidazolyl, benzofuryl and thiazolyl.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein represents a stable three to eight membered monocyclic ring structure consisting of saturated carbon atoms. Suitable examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • heterocycloalkyl represents a stable saturated or partially unsaturated, three to eight membered monocyclic ring structure containing carbon atoms and one to four, preferably one to two, heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and any stable saturated, partially unsaturated or partially aromatic, nine to ten membered bicyclic ring system containing carbon atoms and one to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S.
  • the heterocycloalkyl may be attached at any carbon atom or heteroatom which results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, trithianyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, thiomorpholinyl, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 2,3-dihydro-furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, 1,2-(methylenedioxy)cyclohexane, indanyl, 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like.
  • Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, indanyl, 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl and 2,3-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl.
  • the compounds according to this invention may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention.
  • sexual dysfunction includes male sexual dysfunction, male erectile dysfunction, impotence, female sexual dysfunction, female sexual arousal dysfunction and female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris.
  • subject refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.”
  • Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds according to this invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts.
  • alkali metal salts e.g., sodium or potassium salts
  • alkaline earth metal salts e.g., calcium or magnesium salts
  • suitable organic ligands e.g., quaternary ammonium salts.
  • representative pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the following:
  • the present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound.
  • the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to the patient.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs”, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • BINAP (R)-(+)-2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)- 1,1′-binaphthyl
  • DCC 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • DCM Dichloromethane
  • DEAD Diethyl diazenedicarboxylate
  • DIPEA Diisopropylethylamine
  • DMAP N,N′-Dimethyl-4-pyridinamine
  • DMF N,N′-Dimethylformamide
  • DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide
  • dppp 1,3-Bis(diphenylphosphino) propane
  • EDTA Ethylenedinitrilotetracetic acid
  • the compound of formula (III) is a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, for example according to the process outlined in Scheme 1 below:
  • a compound of formula (IV) a known compound or compound produced by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted aldehyde of formula (V), in an organic solvent such as DCM, THF, toluene, and the like, in the presence of an acid catalyst such as TFA, tosic acid, and the like, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (III).
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) to produce the corresponding substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivative.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by initially reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) to form a tricyclic pyrrolopyridinone moiety, followed by introduction of additional substituents. This second process is particularly preferred for preparation of compounds of formula (I) wherein Y is —C(S), —C(O)O—R A or —C(O)R A .
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (VI), wherein X is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, p-nitrophenoxide or the like, preferably X is halogen, hydroxy or p-nitrophenoxide, in an organic solvent, such as DMF, THF, DCM, toluene, and the like, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
  • an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, DCM, toluene, and the like
  • the reaction mixture is preferably heated to a temperature of greater than or equal to about 100° C.
  • reaction mixture is preferably catalyzed at a temperature in the range of about 30-120° C. with a catalyst such as Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd 2 dba 3 , Pd(dppf)Cl 2 , and the like, in an organic solvent such as 1,4-dioxane, THF, DMF, DCM, toluene, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
  • a catalyst such as Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd 2 dba 3 , Pd(dppf)Cl 2 , and the like
  • the compound of formula (VII) is next reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at about atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone derivative of formula (Ia).
  • an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at about atmospheric pressure
  • the oxidizing agent is oxygen gas
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, potassium-t-butoxide, and the like.
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is first reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at about atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
  • an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at about atmospheric pressure
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, potassium-t-butoxide, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (VIII) is next reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (VI), where X is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, p-nitrophenoxide or the like, preferably X is halogen, hydroxy or p-nitrophenoxide, in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, DCM, toluene, and the like, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as DMAP, to produce the corresponding substituted pyrrolopyridinone of formula (Ia).
  • a is (Y) 0 (i.e.
  • reaction mixture is preferably heated to a temperature of great than or equal to about 50° C.
  • reaction mixture is preferably catalyzed at a temperature in the range of about 30-120° C.
  • the compound of formula (VIII) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (Ia) with hydrogen gas, where the hydrogen gas is applied at a pressure in the range of about atmospheric pressure to about 80 p.s.i., in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd, Pt, palladium on carbon, and the like, in an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, and the like.
  • a catalyst such as Pd, Pt, palladium on carbon, and the like
  • organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (IX), wherein X is a halogen, in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, DCM, THF, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 20 to about 150° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (X).
  • a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like
  • organic solvent such as DMF, DCM, THF, and the like
  • the compound of formula (X) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ib).
  • selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI)
  • the compound of formula (X) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 , and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80-150° C.
  • the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII)
  • the compound of formula (X) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 .
  • the compound of formula (III) is initially substituted with a bromo-substituted then converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone, and then further substituted at the as shown in Scheme 4.
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XIII), wherein X is a halogen, in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, toluene, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 100 to about 150° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV).
  • a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like
  • organic solvent such as DMF, toluene, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (XV).
  • an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (XV).
  • the compound of formula (XV) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
  • selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI)
  • the compound of formula (XV) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 , and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 160° C.
  • the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII)
  • the compound of formula (XV) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, TEA, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 .
  • the compound of formula (III) is initially substituted with a bromo-substituted further substituted at the with the R 4 substituent, and then converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone, as shown in Scheme 5.
  • the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVI).
  • selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI)
  • the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 , and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 and about 120° C.
  • the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII)
  • the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 .
  • the compound of formula (XVI) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
  • an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
  • a suitably substituted pyrrolopyridinone compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted carboxylic acid or acid chloride of formula (XVIII), wherein W is OH or Cl, in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, dioxane, and the like, and when W is OH in the presence of a catalyst such as PyBrop, DCC, and the like, and when W is Cl in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 0 to about 30° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII).
  • a catalyst such as PyBrop, DCC, and the like
  • a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XVIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI), in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 120° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Id).
  • a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 120° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Id).
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is initially converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone, followed by two step substitution using a suitable selected carboxylic acid, followed by boronic acid or stannane, as outlined in Scheme 7.
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably substituted carboxylic acid of formula (XVII), wherein W is halogen or hydroxy, in an organic solvent such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 130° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIX).
  • a suitably substituted carboxylic acid of formula (XVII) wherein W is halogen or hydroxy
  • the compound of formula (XIX) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XX).
  • selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI)
  • the compound of formula (XIX) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 , and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 120° C.
  • the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII)
  • the compound of formula (XIX) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc) 2 .
  • the compound of formula (XX) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably KO 2 , to produce the corresponding compound of formula (Id).
  • an oxidizing agent such as NaIO 4 , KO 2 , singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably KO 2 , to produce the corresponding compound of formula (Id).
  • a compound of formula (Ia) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXI), where X is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, and the like, preferably X is halogen, in an organic solvent such as THF, DMF, dichloromethane, toluene, and the like, preferably THF or DMF, to yield a mixture of the corresponding substituted compound of formula (Ie) and the corresponding substituted compound of formula (II).
  • XXI is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, and the like, preferably X is halogen
  • organic solvent such as THF, DMF, dichloromethane, toluene, and the like, preferably THF or DMF
  • reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide and the like.
  • organic or inorganic base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide and the like.
  • the compounds of formula (Ie) and (II) are preferably separated by known methods such as recrystallization, column chromatography, HPLC, and the like.
  • a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with Fmoc-NCS, in an organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, THF, and the like, preferably at room temperature, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (XXII).
  • the amine of formula (XXIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted ⁇ -halo methyl ketone of formula (XXIV), in the presence of an organic solvent or mixture such as DMF, ethanol:dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, preferably at a temperature of about 70° C., to produce the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa).
  • the compound of formula (XXVII) (the S-diastereomer) is converted to the desired R-diastereomer, the compound of formula (XXVIII), by stirring the compound of formula (XXVII) in an acid such as TFA, HCl, TsOH, and the like, in the presence of an organic solvent such as CH 2 Cl 2 , DCM, 1m4-dioxane, and the like, to yield the desired R-diastereomer, the compound of formula (XXVIII).
  • an acid such as TFA, HCl, TsOH, and the like
  • organic solvent such as CH 2 Cl 2 , DCM, 1m4-dioxane, and the like
  • the compound of formula (XXVIII) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as oxygen gas, singlet oxygen, KO 2 , NaIO 4 , ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas at about atmospheric pressure, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIX).
  • an oxidizing agent such as oxygen gas, singlet oxygen, KO 2 , NaIO 4 , ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas at about atmospheric pressure
  • oxygen gas oxygen gas
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, potassium-t-butoxide, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, DMSO, NMP, and the like.
  • the compound of formula (XXIX) is reacted with a reducing agent such as hydrogen gas, in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a polar solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa).
  • a reducing agent such as hydrogen gas
  • a catalyst such as palladium on carbon
  • a polar solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and the like
  • the compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared by enantioselective synthesis, by resolution or from enantiomerically enriched reagents.
  • the compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as ( ⁇ )-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base.
  • the compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters, amides or amines, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
  • any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry , ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis , John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • the utility of the compounds to treat sexual dysfunction can be determined according to the procedures described in Example 95, 96 and 97 herein.
  • the present invention therefore provides a method of treating sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction in a subject in need thereof which comprises administering any of the compounds as defined herein in a quantity effective to treat ED.
  • the compound may be administered to a patient by any conventional route of administration, including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal and parenteral.
  • the quantity of the compound which is effective for treating ED is between 0.01 mg per kg and 20 mg per kg of subject body weight.
  • compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • these compositions are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories; for oral parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound, such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection.
  • the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate
  • This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 1 to about 1000 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • the tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, aqueous solutions, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavoured emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • the method of treating sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction described in the present invention may also be carried out using a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds as defined herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may contain between about 1 mg and 1000 mg, preferably about 1 to 200 mg, of the compound, and may be constituted into any form suitable for the mode of administration selected.
  • Carriers include necessary and inert pharmaceutical excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, suspending agents, lubricants, flavorants, sweeteners, preservatives, dyes, and coatings.
  • compositions suitable for oral administration include solid forms, such as pills, tablets, caplets, capsules (each including immediate release, timed release and sustained release formulations), granules, and powders, and liquid forms, such as solutions, syrups, elixers, emulsions, and suspensions.
  • forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions and suspensions.
  • compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.
  • compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like.
  • suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture.
  • suitable binders include, without limitation, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
  • Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
  • the liquid forms may include suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like.
  • suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like.
  • sterile suspensions and solutions are desired.
  • Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
  • the compound of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles.
  • Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phophatidylcholines.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyl-eneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residue.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • a drug for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • Compounds of this invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction is required.
  • the daily dosage of the products may be varied over a wide range from 1 to 1,000 mg per adult human per day.
  • the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 250 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated.
  • An effective amount of the drug is ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • the range is from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight per day, and especially from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 3 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular patient being treated, including patient age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust dosages.
  • the filtrate was neutralized with 1N NaOH, resulting in a yellow precipitate.
  • the solid was filtered, washed with water, dried briefly, and partially dissolved in THF/methanol.
  • the precipitate solid was filtered and washed with ether to yield the product as a pale yellow solid.
  • the reaction was quenched by the addition of glacial acetic acid (0.42 mL, 7.34 mmol) and poured into diethyl ether (50 mL), which resulted in a precipitate that was collected by filtration.
  • the product was purified by flash chromatography (0-50% MeOH/THF) to yield the product as a yellow powder.
  • the purified product was subjected to saponification for 3 h in a 1:1 mixture of methanol and aqueous 1N NaOH (80 mL) at reflux temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was neutralized with concentrated HCl and concentrated to yield a residue which was triturated with methanol (20 mL).
  • the resulting salt was removed by filtration and concentrated to yield a second residue that was similarly triturated with THF.
  • the third residue was dried under vacuum to yield the product as a yellow powder.
  • reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h, transferred to a separatory funnel, washed with 2N HCl, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentration in vacuo. Flash chromatography yielded the product as a white solid.
  • the reaction was quenched by the addition of glacial acetic acid (1.23 mL, 21.0 mmol) and poured into water (250 mL), which resulted in a precipitate that was collected by filtration.
  • the product was purified by flash chromatography (2-10% MeOH/CHCl 3 ) to yield the product as a red powder.
  • EtOAc was added, and the mixture was washed with 0.5N citric acid, then with 15% NaCl, brine and dried over MgSO 4 . Solvent was distilled out under reduced pressure to give a solid. The solid was dissolved in 10% methanol in dichloromethane and purified via column chromatography (EtOAc to 10% CH 3 OH in EtOAc) to yield the title compound.
  • 2-chloro-5-bromopyrimidine was prepared from 2-hydroxypyrimidine (purchased from Frontier Scientific Inc.) according to the procedure disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,611, Preparation 6, Column 17.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 h.
  • the solvent was evaporated, the residue purified by preparatory TLC (10% MeOH/CHCl 3 ) and then triturated with ether/MeOH (15 mL/1 mL), to yield the product as a pale yellow powder.
  • Rf 0.51 (10% CH 3 OH/CHCl 3 ).
  • the mixture was observed to produce tiny gas bubbles.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, resulting in the formation of a precipitate at the surface of the two liquid layers.
  • the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with H 2 O (20 mL) and then dried in a vacuum oven to yield the product as a off-white solid.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (3 ⁇ 50 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting product was concentrated and purified via silica gel (2% methanol/CH 2 Cl 2 ) to yield the product as a yellow solid.
  • the reaction mixture was then concentrated, the crude mixture was then loaded on Foxy column (110 g silica gel) and eluted with ethyl acetate/hexane (3:7).
  • the product crystallized out in test tubes.
  • the product was concentrated and then recrystallized from THF to yield the product as yellow crystals.
  • Step A Following the procedure described in Example 90, Step A, with appropriate selection and substitution of reagents, yielded the product as a solid.
  • PDEV was isolated from rabbit and human tissues according to the protocol described by Boolell et al. (Boolell, M., Allen, M. J., Ballard, S. A., Ge[o-Attee, S., Muirhead, G. J., Naylor, A. M., Osterloh, I. H., and Gingell, C) in International Journal of Impotence Research 1996 8, 47-52 with minor modifications.
  • rabbit or human tissues were homogenized in an ice-cold buffer solution containing 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.2), 0.25M sucrose, 1 mM EDTA, and 1 mM phenylmethylsulphonyl fluoride (PMSF).
  • the homogenates were centrifuged at 100,000 g for 60 minutes at 4° C.
  • the supernatant was filtered through 0.2 ⁇ M filter and loaded on a Pharmacia Mono Q anion exchange column (1 ml bed volume) that was equilibrated with 20 mM HEPES, 1 mM EDTA and 0.5 mM PMSF.
  • the enzymes were eluted with a linear gradient of 100-600 mM NaCl in the same buffer (35 to 50 ml total, depending on the tissue. Enzymes from the skeletal muscle, corpus cavernosum, retina, heart and platelet were eluted with 35, 40, 45, 50, and 50 ml respectively.) The column was run at a flow rate of 1 ml/min and 1 ml fractions were collected. The fractions comprising various PDE activities were pooled separately and used in later studies.
  • the PDE assay was carried out as described by Thompson and Appleman in Biochemistry 1971 10, 311-316 with minor modifications, as noted below.
  • the assays were adapted to a 96-well format.
  • the enzyme was assayed in 5 mM MgCl 2 , 15 mM Tris HCl (pH 7.4), 0.5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 1 ⁇ M cGMP or cAMP, 0.1 ⁇ Ci [ 3 H]-cGMP or [ 3 H]-cAMP, and 2-10 ⁇ l of column elution.
  • the total volume of the assay was 100 ⁇ l.
  • the reaction mixture was incubated at 30° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction was stopped by boiling for 1 minute and then cooled down on ice.
  • the resulting [ 3 H]5′-mononucleotides were further converted to uncharged [ 3 H]-nucleosides by adding 25 ⁇ l 1 mg/ml snake venom ( Ophiophagus hannah ) and incubating at 30° C. for 10 minute. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 1 ml Bio-Rad AG1-X2 resin slurry (1:3). All the charged nucleotides were bound by the resin and only uncharged [ 3 H]-nucleosides remained in the supernatant after centrifuging. An aliquot of 200 ⁇ l was taken and counted by liquid scintillation. PDE activity was expressed as pmol cyclic nucleotide hydrolyzed/min/ml of enzyme preparation.
  • the assays were adapted to a 96-well format. Phosphodiesterase was assayed in 5 mM MgCl 2 , 15 mM Tris HCl (pH 7.4), 0.5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 30 nM 3 H-cGMP and test compound at various concentrations. The amount of enzyme used for each reaction was such that less than 15% of the initial substrate was converted during the assay period. For all measurements, the test compound was dissolved and diluted in 100% DMSO (2% DMSO in assay). The total volume of the assay was 100 ⁇ l. The reaction mixture was incubated at 30° C. for 90 minutes. The reaction was stopped by boiling for 1 minute and then immediately cooled by transfer to an ice bath.
  • PDEV inhibitory activities for these compounds are presented either as the IC 50 ( ⁇ M), as a percent inhibition at a given concentration of test compound or as a Ki value in the Tables below. Unless otherwise noted, PDEV inhibitory activities were measured using human tissue.
  • the abbreviation “stereo” refers to the stereogenic configuration, the abbreviation “Rac” shall denote a racemic mixture.
  • 100 mg of the compound of Example 21 is formulated with sufficient finely divided lactose to provide a total amount of 580 to 590 mg to fill a size O hard gel capsule.

Abstract

The invention relates to novel pyrrolopyridinone derivatives of the formula (I) or (II):
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00001
pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and their use for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This application claims priority from U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 60/204,646 filed May 17, 2000, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to novel pyrrolopyridinone derivatives, intermediates used in, synthesis of and pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and their use for the treatment of sexual dysfunction. The compounds of the present invention are phosphodiesterase inhibitors useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Erectile dysfunction (ED) is defined as the inability to achieve or maintain an erection sufficiently rigid for satisfactory sexual intercourse. Currently it is estimated that approximately 7-8% of the male population suffer from some degree of ED, the equivalent of at least 20 million men in the United States alone. Since the likelihood of ED increases with age, it is projected that the incidence of this condition will rise in the future as the average age of the population increases.
  • Male erectile dysfunction may be the consequence of psychogenic and/or organic factors. Although ED is multi-factorial, certain sub-groups within the male population are more likely to present with the symptoms of the disorder. In particular, patients with diabetes, hypertension, heart disease, and multiple sclerosis have a particularly high prevalence of ED. In addition, patients who take certain classes of drugs such as antihypertensives, antidepressants, sedatives, and anxiolytics are more prone to suffer from ED.
  • Treatments for ED include a variety of pharmacologic agents, vacuum devices, and penile prostheses. Among the pharmacologic agents, papaverine, phentolamine, and alprostadil are currently used in practice. These agents are only effective after direct intracavernosal or intraurethral injection, and are associated with side effects such as priapism, fibrosis, penile pain and hematoma at the injection site. Vacuum devices are a noninasive alternative treatment for ED. These devices produce an erection by creating a negative pressure around the shaft of the penis resulting in an increased blood flow into the corpus cavernosum via passive arterial dilation. Although this form of therapy is frequently successful in ED of organic origin, complaints include the lack of spontaneity and the time involved in using a mechanical device, and difficulty and discomfort with ejaculation. A variety of semi-rigid or inflatable penile prostheses have been used with some success, particularly in diabetic men. These devices are generally considered when other treatment options have failed, and are associated with an increased risk of infection and ischemia.
  • Recently, the phosphodiesterase V (PDEV) inhibitor, sildenafil (Viagra®) was approved by the FDA as an orally-effective medication for the treatment of ED. Sildenafil, 5-[2-ethoxy-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulphonyl)phenyl]-1-methyl-3-n-propyl-6,7-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and a number of related analogs and their use as antianginal agents are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,250,534 and 5,346,901. The use of sildenafil and related analogs for treating male erectile dysfunction is described in PCT International Application Publication No. WO 94/28902, published Dec. 22, 1994. In clinical studies, the drug improved sexual function in about 70% of the men who suffer from ED of psychogenic or organic etiology. However, the drug showed less dramatic efficacy in patients who had undergone a radical prostatectomy, with improved erections in 43% of patients who took sildenafil versus 15% on placebo. In addition, the use of sildenafil is associated with several undesirable side effects including headache, flushing and disrupted color vision which result from non-selective effects on a variety of tissues. In spite of these shortcomings, the drug is viewed by patients as preferable to other treatments which involve the introduction of medication directly into the penis via injection, the use of an external device or a surgical procedure.
  • Daugan et. al, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,859,009 and EP 0740668 B1 describe the synthesis of a series of tetracyclic derivatives as inhibitors of cyclic guanosine 3′,5′ monophosphate specifically phosphodiesterase, and their use in treating cardiovascular disorders. Daugan et. al., in WO97/03675 teach the use of the tetracyclic derivatives for the treatment of impotence.
  • Garinaux, J.-F. et al., in Tetrahedron Letters 38(17), (1997), pp 2997-3000 disclose the synthesis of tricyclic quinolone derivatives via oxidation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-β-carbolines.
  • Pfenninger, E. in DE 2803541 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,235,907 discloses substituted 9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-ones and their use in the treatment of allergic asthma.
  • Sexually stimulated penile erection results from a complex interplay of physiological processes involving the central nervous system, the peripheral nervous system, and the smooth muscle. Specifically, release of nitric oxide from the non-adrenergic, non-cholinergic nerves and endothelium activates guanylyl cyclase and increases intracellular cGMP levels within the corpus cavernosum. The increase in intracellular cGMP reduces intracellular calcium levels, resulting in trabecular smooth muscle relaxation, which, in turn, results in corporal volume expansion and compression of the sub-tunical venules leading to penile erection.
  • PDEV has been found in human platelets and vascular smooth muscle, suggesting a role for this enzyme in the regulation of intracellular concentrations of cGMP in cardiovascular tissue. In fact, inhibitors of PDEV have been shown to produce endothelial-dependent vasorelaxation by potentiating the increases in intracellular cGMP induced by nitric oxide. Moreover, PDEV inhibitors selectively lower the pulmonary arterial pressure in animal models of congestive heart failure and pulmonary hypertension. Hence in addition to their utility in ED, PDEV inhibitors would likely be of therapeutic benefit in conditions like heart failure, pulmonary hypertension, and angina.
  • Agents that increase the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue, either through enhanced release or reduced breakdown of cGMP, are expected to be effective treatments for ED. The intracellular levels of cGMP are regulated by the enzymes involved in its formation and degradation, namely the guanylate cyclases and the cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases (PDEs). To date, at least nine families of mammalian PDEs have been described, five of which are capable of hydrolyzing the active, cGMP, to the inactive, GMP, under physiological conditions (PDEs I, II, V, VI, and IX). PDE V is the predominant isoform in human corpus cavernosum. Inhibitors of PDEV, therefore, would be expected to increase the concentration of cGMP in the corpus cavernosum and enhance the duration and frequency of penile erection.
  • Additionally, selective PDE inhibitors are known to be useful in the treatment of various disorders and conditions including male erectile dysfunction (ED), female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris, premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary rest stenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications.
  • Accordingly, it is an object of the invention to identify compounds which increase the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue through the inhibition of phosphodiesterases, specifically PDEV. It is another object of the invention to identify compounds which are useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction, particularly erectile dysfunction and/or impotence in male animals and sexual dysfunction in female animals. Still another object of the invention is to identify methods for treating sexual dysfunction, especially erectile dysfunction, using the compounds of the present invention.
  • It is another object of the invention to identify compounds which are useful for the treatment of conditions of disorders mediated by PDEV, such as male erectile dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary reststenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication or diabetic complications.
  • We now describe a series of pyrrolopyridinone derivatives with the ability to inhibit phosphodiesterase type V in enzyme assays.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides novel pyrrolopyridinone derivative compounds useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors. More particularly, the present invention is directed to compounds of the general formula (I) or (II):
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00002
      • wherein
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxy, —C(O)—C1-C6alkyl, —C(O)—C1-C6alkoxy, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-NH2, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-NHRA, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2, —C(O)—NH2, —C(O)—NHRA, —C(O)—N(RA)2, —C1-C6alkyl-NH2, —C1-C6alkyl-NHRA, —C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2, —NH—C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2;
      • where each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6alkyl, aryl, C1-C6aralkyl and heteroaryl, where the aryl, aralkyl or heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to three RB;
      • where each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6alkylcarbonyl, carboxyC1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, amino, di(C1-C6alkyl)amino, acetylamino, carboxyC1-C6alkylcarbonylamino, hydroxyC1-C6alkylamino, NHRA and N(RA)2;
      • R2 is selected from the group consisting of C5-C10alkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, amino, NHRA or N(RA)2), aryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC), cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RA), heteroaryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC), and heterocycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC);
      • where RC is selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NH(C1-C6alkyl) and N(C1-C6alkyl)2;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6alkenylcarbonyl and C2-C6alkynylcarbonyl;
      • b is an integer from 0 to 4;
      • R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, nitro, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6alkoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl (wherein the phenyl group may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), phenylsulfonyl, naphthyl, C1-C6aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, (wherein the aralkyl group may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), heteroaryl (wherein the heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), heterocycloalkyl, NH2, NHRA, N(RA)2,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00003
      • where each RD is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, C1-C4alkyl, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxyC1-4alkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkyoxycarbonyl, C1-C4alkylcarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NHRA, N(RA)2, C(O)N(RA)2, acetylamino, nitro, cyano, formyl, C1-C6alkylsulfonyl, carboxyC1-C6alkyl and aralkyl;
      • c is an integer from 0 to 4;
      • R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, hydroxy, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, —NH2, —NHRA, —N(RA)2, —ORA, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHRA, —C(O)N(RA)2, —NHC(O)RA, —SO2NHRA, —SO2N(RA)2, where RA is as defined above, phenyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB), heteroaryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB) and heterocycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB);
      • a is an integer from 0 to 1;
      • Y selected from the group consisting of —C1-C6alkyl-, —C(O)—, —(C1-C6alkyl)carbonyl-, —(C2-C6alkenyl)carbonyl-, —(C2-C6alkynyl)carbonyl-, -carbonyl(C1-C6alkyl)-, -carbonyl(C2-C6alkenyl)-, —C(O)O—(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(S)—, —SO2—, —(C1-C6alkyl)sulfonyl-, -sulfonyl(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(O)NH—, —C(O)NH—(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(O)(C3-C7cycloalkyl)- and —(C3-C7cycloalkyl)-C(O)—;
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00004

        is selected from the group consisting phenyl, furyl, thienyl and pyrrolyl;
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00005

        is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl;
      • provided that when R1 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, b is 0, c is 0, a is 1, Y is —CH2—,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00006

        is phenyl and
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00007

        is phenyl, then R2 is not trimethoxyphenyl, (i.e. the compound is not 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(phenylmethyl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one);
      • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Exemplifying the invention is a method of treating a condition selected from the group consisting of male erectile dysfunction (ED), impotence, female sexual dysfunction, female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris, premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary rest stenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • An example of the invention is a method for increasing the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue through the inhibition of phosphodiesterases, specifically PDEV, in a male subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • Further exemplifying the invention is a method of producing endothelial-dependent vasorelaxation by potentiating the increases in intracellular cGMP induced by nitric oxide in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • An example of the invention is the use of any of the compounds described above in the preparation of a medicament for: (a) treating sexual dysfunction, especially male erectile dysfunction, (b) treating impotence, (c) increasing the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue through inhibition of phosphodiesterase, especially PDEV and/or (d) treating a condition selected from the group consisting of premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary reststenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications in a subject in need thereof.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides novel pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction, particularly male erectile dysfunction (ED). Although the compounds of the present invention are useful primarily for the treatment of male sexual dysfunction or erectile dysfunction, they may also be useful for the treatment of female sexual dysfunction, for example female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissue of the vagina and clitoris, and of premature labor and dysmenorrhea.
  • More particularly, the compounds of the present invention are of the formula (I) or (II):
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00008
      • wherein all variables are as defined above, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Preferably, R1 is hydrogen.
  • In an embodiment of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl (optionally substituted with one to two substituent selected from halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C3alkyl, C1-C3alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NH(C1-C3alkyl) or N(C1-C3alkyl)2), heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl. Preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl), 3,4-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 5-benxofuryl, 5-indanyl and 3-thienyl. More preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl), 3,4-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 3-thienyl, 5-indanyl and 5-benzofuryl. More preferably still, R2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl), 3,4-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 3-thienyl, 5-indanyl and 5-benzofuryl. Most preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, and 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl).
  • Preferably, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4alkyl. More preferably, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl. Most preferably, R3 is hydrogen.
  • Preferably, b is an integer from 0 to 4. More preferably b is in integer from 0 to 1.
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, C1-C3alkyl, C1-C3alkoxy, C1-C3alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl (wherein the phenyl may be optionally substituted with one to two substituents selected from hydroxy, carboxy, C1-C4alkyl, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxyC1-4alkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkyoxycarbonyl, C(O)N(RA)2, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, amino, (C1-4alkyl)amino, di(C1-4alkyl)amino, nitro, cyano or formyl), O-aralkyl, heteroaryl (wherein the heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to two substituents selected from hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, C1-C3alkyl, C1-C3alkoxy, C1-C3alkyoxycarbonyl, C(O)N(RA)2, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, amino, nitro, C1-C3alkylcarbonyl or C1-4aralkyl), heterocycloalkyl,
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00009

    Preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of bromo, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, methyl, phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-carboxyphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl, 4-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-formylphenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, benzyloxy, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, N-oxy-2-pyridinyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 1-imidazolyl, 5-(1-benzyl-2-methylimidazolyl), 5-(1,2-dimethylimidazolyl), 5-(1-methylimidazoly),
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00010

    More preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo, 2-hydroxy, 6-hydroxy, 4-carboxy, phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-carboxyphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl, 4-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-formylphenyl, benzyloxy, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, 2-furyl, 3-thienyl, N-oxo-2-pyridinyl, 1-imidazolyl, 5-(1-benzyl-2-methylimidazolyl), 5-1,2-dimethylimidazolyl), 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl,
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00011

    More preferably still, R4 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo, 2-hydroxy, 6-hydroxy, 4-carboxy, phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxymethyphenyl, 4-carboxyphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl, 4-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-formylphenyl, benzyloxy, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, N-oxo-2-pyridinyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 1-imidazolyl, 5-(1-benzyl-2-methylimidazolyl), 5-(1,2-dimethylimidazolyl), 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl,
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00012

    preferably still, R4 is selected from the group consisting of 6-hydroxy, 4-carboxy, phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, N-oxo-2-pyridinyl, 3-thienyl, 5-(1-benzyl-2-methylimidazolyl), 5-(1,2-dimethylimidazolyl),
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00013

    Most preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl,
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00014
  • In a preferred embodiment c is 0. In another preferred embodiment a is an integer from 0 to 1.
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, Y is selected from the group consisting of —C1-C4alkyl-, —C(S)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—(C1-C4alkyl)-, —C(O)—(C1-C4alkyl)-, —C(O)—(C2-C4alkenyl)-, C(O)—(C3-C7cycloalkyl)- and —C(O)NH—(C1-C3alkyl)-. Preferably, Y is selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —C(S)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH2—, —C(O)—CH2CH2—, —C(O)—CH═CH—, —C(O)NH—CH2—, —C(O)-cyclopropyl and —C(O)CH2—. More preferably, Y is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH2—, —C(O)—CH2CH2—, —C(O)—CH═CH—, and —C(O)-cyclopropyl. More preferably still, Y is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)O—CH2— and —C(O)—CH═CH—. Most preferably, Y is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)— and —C(O)O—CH2—;
      • Preferably,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00015

        is phenyl;
      • In an embodiment of the present invention,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00016

        is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl. Preferably,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00017

        is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-furyl, 2-benzo(b)furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, 1-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, and 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl. More preferably,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00018

        is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-furyl, 2-benzo(b)furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl and 2-thiazolyl. Most preferably,
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00019

        is selected from the group consisting of 2-furyl, 2-benzo(b)furyl, 4-pyridinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl and 2-thiazolyl.
  • The term “halogen” shall include iodine, bromine, chlorine and fluorine.
  • The term “alkyl”, whether used alone or as part of a substituent group, shall mean straight or branched chain alkanes of one to ten carbon atoms, or any number within this range. For example, alkyl radicals include, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 3-(2-methyl)butyl, 2-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl and 2-methylpentyl. Similarly, alkenyl and alkynyl groups include straight and branched chain alkenes and alkynes having two to ten carbon atoms, or any number within this range.
  • The term “alkoxy” shall denote an oxygen ether radical of the above described straight or branched chain alkyl group. For example, alkoxy radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
  • The term “aryl” indicates an aromatic group such as phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
  • The term “aralkyl” denotes an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group For example, benzyl, phenylethyl, and the like. Similarly, the term “aralkenyl” denotes an alkenyl group substituted with an aryl group, for example phenylethylenyl, and the like.
  • The term “heteroaryl” as used herein represents a stable five or six membered monocyclic aromatic ring system containing one to three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and any nine or ten membered bicyclic aromatic ring system containing carbon atoms and one to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S. The heteroaryl group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, purinyl. Preferred heteroaryl groups include pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, furyl, imidazolyl, benzofuryl and thiazolyl.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein represents a stable three to eight membered monocyclic ring structure consisting of saturated carbon atoms. Suitable examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • The term “heterocycloalkyl” represents a stable saturated or partially unsaturated, three to eight membered monocyclic ring structure containing carbon atoms and one to four, preferably one to two, heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S; and any stable saturated, partially unsaturated or partially aromatic, nine to ten membered bicyclic ring system containing carbon atoms and one to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S. The heterocycloalkyl may be attached at any carbon atom or heteroatom which results in the creation of a stable structure. Suitable examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, trithianyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, thiomorpholinyl, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl, 2,3-dihydro-furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, 1,2-(methylenedioxy)cyclohexane, indanyl, 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, indanyl, 2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl and 2,3-dihydrobenzo-[1,4]-dioxin-6-yl.
  • As used herein, the notation “*” shall denote the presence of a stereogenic center.
  • It is intended that the definition of any substituent or variable at a particular location in a molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in that molecule. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds of this invention can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be readily synthesized by techniques known in the art as well as those methods set forth herein. It is further intended that when b or c is >1, the corresponding R4 or R5 substituents may be the same or different.
  • Where the compounds according to this invention have at least one chiral center, they may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention.
  • Under standard nomenclature used throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first, followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. Thus, for example, a
      • “phenylC1-C6 alkylaminocarbonylC1-C6alkyl” substituent refers to a group of the formula
        Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00020
  • The term “sexual dysfunction” as used herein, includes male sexual dysfunction, male erectile dysfunction, impotence, female sexual dysfunction, female sexual arousal dysfunction and female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris.
  • The term “subject” as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.” Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds according to this invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid. Furthermore, where the compounds of the invention carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts. Thus, representative pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the following:
      • acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate, pamoate (embonate), palmitate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, sulfate, subacetate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide and valerate.
  • The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to the patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs”, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • Abbreviations used in the specification, particularly the Schemes and Examples, are as follows:
    BINAP = (R)-(+)-2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-
    1,1′-binaphthyl
    Cmpd = Compound
    DBU = 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydro-
    pyrimido[1,2-a]azepine
    DCC = 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
    DCM = Dichloromethane
    DEAD = Diethyl diazenedicarboxylate
    DIPEA = Diisopropylethylamine
    DMAP = N,N′-Dimethyl-4-pyridinamine
    DMF = N,N′-Dimethylformamide
    DMSO = Dimethyl sulfoxide
    dppp = 1,3-Bis(diphenylphosphino) propane
    EDTA = Ethylenedinitrilotetracetic acid
    EtOAc = Ethyl Acetate
    EtOH = Ethanol
    Et3N = Triethylamine
    Fmoc-NCS = [(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)
    carbonyl]-thiocyanate
    HEPES = 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-piperazinyl]-
    ethanesulfonic acid
    HPLC = High Pressure Liquid
    Chromatography
    ID # = Compound Identification Number
    KOt-Bu = Potassium t-butoxide
    MeOH = Methanol
    mCPBA = 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic Acid
    NaOt-Bu = Sodium t-butoxide
    n-Bu = n-Butyl
    NMP = N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
    Pd2dba3 = Tris(dibenzylidene acetone)
    dipalladium(0)
    Pd(dppf)(OAc)2 = 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)
    ferrocene palladium diacetate
    Pd(OAc)2 = Palladium (II) Acetate
    Pd(dppf)Cl2 = 1,1′-Bid(diphenylphosphino)
    ferrocene palladium (II) dichloride
    Pd(PPh3)4 or = Palladium tetrakis(triphenyl
    Pd(Ph3P)4 phosphine)
    Ph = Phenyl
    PMSF = Phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride
    PPh3 = Triphenyl phosphine
    PyBrOP = Bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium
    hexafluorophosphate
    TEA = Triethylamine
    TFA = Trifluoroacetic Acid
    THF = Tetrahydrofuran
    TLC = Thin Layer Chromatography
    TsOH = p-Toluenesulfonic acid
    SNP = Sodium Nitroprusside
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein R3 is hydrogen, may be prepared according to two alternative processes from a suitably substituted compound of formula (III):
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00021
      • wherein R1, R2, R5 and c are as previously defined, which is selected and used as a starting reagent.
  • The compound of formula (III) is a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, for example according to the process outlined in Scheme 1 below:
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00022
  • Accordingly, a compound of formula (IV), a known compound or compound produced by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted aldehyde of formula (V), in an organic solvent such as DCM, THF, toluene, and the like, in the presence of an acid catalyst such as TFA, tosic acid, and the like, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (III).
  • Generally, in the first of two alternative processes, the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) to produce the corresponding substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivative. In the second process of two alternative processes, the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by initially reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) to form a tricyclic pyrrolopyridinone moiety, followed by introduction of additional substituents. This second process is particularly preferred for preparation of compounds of formula (I) wherein Y is —C(S), —C(O)O—RA or —C(O)RA.
  • More specifically, compounds of formula (I) wherein R3 is hydrogen, may be prepared from a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) according to the processes outlined in Scheme 2.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00023
  • In the first process, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (VI), wherein X is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, p-nitrophenoxide or the like, preferably X is halogen, hydroxy or p-nitrophenoxide, in an organic solvent, such as DMF, THF, DCM, toluene, and the like, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (VII). For compounds of formula (I) wherein (Y)a is (Y)0 (i.e. where a is 0 such that Y is absent), the reaction mixture is preferably heated to a temperature of greater than or equal to about 100° C. For compounds of formula (I) wherein (Y)a is (Y)0 (i.e. where a is 0 such that Y is absent) and
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00024

    is pyridinyl, the reaction mixture is preferably catalyzed at a temperature in the range of about 30-120° C. with a catalyst such as Pd(OAc)2, Pd2 dba3, Pd(dppf)Cl2, and the like, in an organic solvent such as 1,4-dioxane, THF, DMF, DCM, toluene, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
  • The compound of formula (VII) is next reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO4, KO2, singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at about atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone derivative of formula (Ia). When the oxidizing agent is oxygen gas, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, potassium-t-butoxide, and the like.
  • In the alternative process outlined in Scheme 2, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is first reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO4, KO2, singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at about atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (VIII). When the oxidizing agent is oxygen gas, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, potassium-t-butoxide, and the like.
  • The compound of formula (VIII) is next reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (VI), where X is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, p-nitrophenoxide or the like, preferably X is halogen, hydroxy or p-nitrophenoxide, in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, DCM, toluene, and the like, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as DMAP, to produce the corresponding substituted pyrrolopyridinone of formula (Ia). For compounds of formula (I) wherein (Y)a is (Y)0 (i.e. where a is 0 such that Y is absent), the reaction mixture is preferably heated to a temperature of great than or equal to about 50° C. For compounds of formula (VIII) wherein (Y)a is (Y)0 (i.e. where a is 0 such that Y is absent) and
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00025

    is pyridinyl, the reaction mixture is preferably catalyzed at a temperature in the range of about 30-120° C. with catalyst such as Pd(OAc)2, Pd2 dba3, Pd(dppf)Cl2, and the like, in an organic solvent such as 1,4-dioxane, THF, DMF, DCM, toluene, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ia).
  • Alternatively, for compounds of formula (I) wherein (Y)a is CH2 and
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00026

    is unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, the compound of formula (VIII) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (Ia) with hydrogen gas, where the hydrogen gas is applied at a pressure in the range of about atmospheric pressure to about 80 p.s.i., in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd, Pt, palladium on carbon, and the like, in an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, and the like. The compound of formula (VIII) may then be further functionalized as described above.
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein b is 1 (i.e. wherein the group represented by
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00027

    is substituted with one R4 substituent) may be prepared from a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) according to three alternative processes.
  • In the first process, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is initially converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone according to the process outlined in Scheme 2, followed by two step substitution at the pyrrole nitrogen, as outlined in Scheme 3.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00028
  • Specifically, the compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (IX), wherein X is a halogen, in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, DCM, THF, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 20 to about 150° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (X).
  • The compound of formula (X) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ib). When selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI), the compound of formula (X) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph3P)4, Pd(dppf)(OAc)2, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80-150° C. When the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), the compound of formula (X) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc)2.
  • In the second process, the compound of formula (III) is initially substituted with a bromo-substituted
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00029

    then converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone, and then further substituted at the
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00030

    as shown in Scheme 4.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00031
  • More particularly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XIII), wherein X is a halogen, in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, toluene, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 100 to about 150° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV).
  • The compound of formula (XIV) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO4, KO2, singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (XV).
  • The compound of formula (XV) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ic). When selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI), the compound of formula (XV) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph3P)4, Pd(dppf)(OAc)2, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 160° C. When the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), the compound of formula (XV) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, TEA, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc)2.
  • In the third process, the compound of formula (III) is initially substituted with a bromo-substituted
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00032

    further substituted at the
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00033

    with the R4 substituent, and then converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone, as shown in Scheme 5.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00034
  • More particularly, the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVI). When selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI), the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph3P)4, Pd(dppf)(OAc)2, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 and about 120° C. When the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc)2.
  • The compound of formula (XVI) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO4, KO2, singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas applied at atmospheric pressure, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein b is an integer selected from 2, 3 and 4, (i.e. wherein the
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00035

    is substituted with 2, 3 or 4 R4 groups) may similarly be prepared according to the processes outlined in Schemes 3, 4 and 5, with appropriate substitution of the
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00036

    containing reagent with the corresponding reagent wherein the
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00037

    is substituted with 2, 3 or 4 bromine groups, which bromine groups are sequentially reacted to incorporate the desired R4 groups.
  • Compounds of formula (I) wherein (Y)a is C(O) may be prepared according to two alternative processes. In the first process, a pyrrolopyridinone compound of formula (VIII) is initially substituted with a suitably selected carboxylic acid or acid chloride, followed by further substitution of the
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00038

    with the R4 substituent, as outlined in Scheme 6.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00039
  • More particularly, a suitably substituted pyrrolopyridinone compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted carboxylic acid or acid chloride of formula (XVIII), wherein W is OH or Cl, in an organic solvent such as DMF, THF, dioxane, and the like, and when W is OH in the presence of a catalyst such as PyBrop, DCC, and the like, and when W is Cl in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 0 to about 30° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII).
  • The compound of formula (XVIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI), in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph3P)4, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 120° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Id).
  • In the second process, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is initially converted to the corresponding pyrrolopyridinone, followed by two step substitution using a suitable selected carboxylic acid, followed by boronic acid or stannane, as outlined in Scheme 7.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00040
  • More particularly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably substituted carboxylic acid of formula (XVII), wherein W is halogen or hydroxy, in an organic solvent such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 130° C., to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIX).
  • The compound of formula (XIX) is reacted with a suitably substituted boronic acid of formula (XI) or a suitably substituted tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XX). When selected reagent is a boronic acid of formula (XI), the compound of formula (XIX) is reacted in an organic solvent such as DMF, dioxane, water, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(Ph3P)4, Pd(dppf)(OAc)2, and the like, preferably at a temperature in the range of about 80 to about 120° C. When the selected reagent is a tributyl-stannane of formula (XII), the compound of formula (XIX) is reacted in a solvent such as DMF, dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(dppf)(OAc)2.
  • The compound of formula (XX) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as NaIO4, KO2, singlet oxygen, oxygen gas, ozone, and the like, preferably KO2, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (Id).
  • Compounds of formula (I), wherein R3 is other than hydrogen, and compounds of formula (II), may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 8.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00041
  • More specifically, a compound of formula (Ia) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXI), where X is halogen, hydroxy, tosylate, mesylate, and the like, preferably X is halogen, in an organic solvent such as THF, DMF, dichloromethane, toluene, and the like, preferably THF or DMF, to yield a mixture of the corresponding substituted compound of formula (Ie) and the corresponding substituted compound of formula (II). When in the compound of formula (XXI), X is halogen, the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide and the like.
  • The compounds of formula (Ie) and (II) are preferably separated by known methods such as recrystallization, column chromatography, HPLC, and the like.
  • Compounds of formula (VII) wherein Ya is Y0 (i.e. wherein Y is absent) and
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00042

    is 2-(4-substituted)thiazolyl, may be prepared according to a process as outlined in Scheme 9.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00043
  • Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) is reacted with Fmoc-NCS, in an organic solvent such as DCM, DMF, THF, and the like, preferably at room temperature, to produce the corresponding compound of formula (XXII).
  • The compound of (XXII) is reacted with 20% piperidine, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, to produce the corresponding amine of formula (XXIII).
  • The amine of formula (XXIII) is reacted with a suitably substituted α-halo methyl ketone of formula (XXIV), in the presence of an organic solvent or mixture such as DMF, ethanol:dioxane, and the like, in the presence of a base such as TEA, DIPEA, and the like, preferably at a temperature of about 70° C., to produce the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa).
  • Specific diastereomers of the compounds of formula (I), more particularly compounds of formula (I) wherein R1 is hydrogen and an R-configuration at the chiral center of the R2 bond to the pyrrolopyridinone is desired, may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 10.
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00044
  • Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (XXV), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, wherein R1 is hydrogen and Ar is an aryl group, preferably naphthyl, more preferably 1-naphthyl, is reacted with a suitably substituted aldehyde, a compound of formula (XXVI), in an organic solvent such as p-xylene, o-xylene, toluene, DCM, and the like, at a temperature in the range of about 25-270° C., under aprotic or protic conditions, to yield a mixture of the corresponding diastereomers, compounds of formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII).
  • The R-diastereomer, the compound of formula (XXVII) is separated from the compound of formula (XXVIII) by recrystallization or silica gel chromatography.
  • The compound of formula (XXVII) (the S-diastereomer) is converted to the desired R-diastereomer, the compound of formula (XXVIII), by stirring the compound of formula (XXVII) in an acid such as TFA, HCl, TsOH, and the like, in the presence of an organic solvent such as CH2Cl2, DCM, 1m4-dioxane, and the like, to yield the desired R-diastereomer, the compound of formula (XXVIII).
  • The compound of formula (XXVIII) is reacted with an oxidizing agent such as oxygen gas, singlet oxygen, KO2, NaIO4, ozone, and the like, preferably oxygen gas at about atmospheric pressure, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XXIX). When the oxidizing agent is oxygen gas, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, potassium-t-butoxide, and the like, in an organic solvent such as DMF, DMSO, NMP, and the like.
  • The compound of formula (XXIX) is reacted with a reducing agent such as hydrogen gas, in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a polar solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa).
  • The compound of formula (VIIIa) may then be further reacted to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I) according to the process outlined in Scheme 3 above.
  • For compounds of formula (I), wherein R1 is other than hydrogen, a second chiral center will exist at the bond of the R1 group to the pyrrolopyridinone. If a specific orientation of the R1 group is present in the starting reagent, the compound of formula (XXV) in Scheme 10 above, its orientation will impact the conversion of diastereomers.
  • Where the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to a mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography.
  • The compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared by enantioselective synthesis, by resolution or from enantiomerically enriched reagents. The compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as (−)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base. The compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters, amides or amines, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
  • During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • The utility of the compounds to treat sexual dysfunction can be determined according to the procedures described in Example 95, 96 and 97 herein.
  • The present invention therefore provides a method of treating sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction in a subject in need thereof which comprises administering any of the compounds as defined herein in a quantity effective to treat ED. The compound may be administered to a patient by any conventional route of administration, including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal and parenteral. The quantity of the compound which is effective for treating ED is between 0.01 mg per kg and 20 mg per kg of subject body weight.
  • The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Preferably these compositions are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories; for oral parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation. Alternatively, the composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound, such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection. For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 1 to about 1000 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. The tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of material can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, aqueous solutions, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavoured emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions, include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • The method of treating sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction described in the present invention may also be carried out using a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds as defined herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition may contain between about 1 mg and 1000 mg, preferably about 1 to 200 mg, of the compound, and may be constituted into any form suitable for the mode of administration selected. Carriers include necessary and inert pharmaceutical excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, suspending agents, lubricants, flavorants, sweeteners, preservatives, dyes, and coatings. Compositions suitable for oral administration include solid forms, such as pills, tablets, caplets, capsules (each including immediate release, timed release and sustained release formulations), granules, and powders, and liquid forms, such as solutions, syrups, elixers, emulsions, and suspensions. Forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions and suspensions.
  • Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include, without limitation, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
  • The liquid forms may include suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like. For parenteral administration, sterile suspensions and solutions are desired. Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
  • The compound of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phophatidylcholines.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyl-eneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residue. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • Compounds of this invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of sexual dysfunction, more particularly male erectile dysfunction is required.
  • The daily dosage of the products may be varied over a wide range from 1 to 1,000 mg per adult human per day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 250 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. An effective amount of the drug is ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per day. Preferably, the range is from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight per day, and especially from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 3 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular patient being treated, including patient age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust dosages.
  • The following Examples are set forth to aid in the understanding of the invention, and are not intended and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter. Unless otherwise indicated, 1H NMRs were run on a Bruker instrument.
  • EXAMPLE 1 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To a solution of the 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-O-carboline (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) (7.37 g, 25 mmol) in dry DMF (25 mL) was added triethylamine (3.52 mL, 25 mmol) and benzyl bromide (3.00 mL, 25 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight and added dropwise to a solution of sodium hydroxide (25 mmol) in water (200 mL). A precipitate was formed, collected by vacuum filtration, washed with water (2×50 mL), and dried in vacuo overnight to yield the product as a freely flowing pale yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z) 383 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.57-2.89 (series of m, 3H), 3.18-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.33 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 1H), 5.94 (nd, J=2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.77-7.52 (series of m, 13H).
  • Example 1A (R)-1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 1, (R)-1-(3,4,-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was reacted to produce the title compound.
  • MS (m/z) 383 (MH+)
  • EXAMPLE 2 1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • The title product was prepared according to the process described in Example 1 using 1-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline as the starting reagent.
  • MS (m/z) 381 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.59-2.90 (series of m, 3H), 3.13-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.33 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.35 (series of m, 10H), 7.49-7.52 (m, 1H)
  • Example 2A (R)-1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 2, (R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was reacted to produce the title compound.
  • MS (m/z) 381 (MH+)
  • [α}=−56.90 (c=0.62, CH3OH)
  • EXAMPLE 3 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-benzyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#54)
  • 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (0.79 g, 2.0 mmol) (prepared as in Example 1) was dissolved in dry DMF (15 mL). Potassium t-butoxide (0.56 g, 5.0 mmol) was added, followed by oxygen, bubbled in via syringe needle. The mixture was maintained at room temperature for one hour and then poured onto a mixture of 1N HCl (5 mL), water (35 mL) and ethyl acetate (35 mL). A fluffy yellow precipitate was collected, the organic layer removed, and the aqueous solution extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL). The extracted layer was agitated and set aside overnight. The following day an additional quantity of product (as a precipitate) was collected. Drying of the combined solids yielded the product as a yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z): 397 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.52 (dd, J=11.9, 3 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J=11.9, 3 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 6.05 (nd, J=3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (s, 3H), 7.26-7.36 (m, 6H), 7.54-7.59 (m, 2H), 8.10 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 11.42 (s, 1H).
  • Example 3A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-benzyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#67)
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 3, (R)-1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was reacted to produce the title compound.
  • MS (m/z) 397 (MH+)
  • EXAMPLE 4 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-benzyl-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#60)
  • 1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (prepared as in Example 2) (3.10 g, 8.15 mmol) was dissolved in dry DMF (20 mL). Potassium t-butoxide (2.29 g, 20.38 mmol) was added, followed by oxygen, bubbled in via syringe needle. The solution was stirred for 1.5 h. To the reaction mixture was added a solution of HCl in ether (10 mL, 2M) and the solution dripped into rapidly stirring water. The resulting suspension was stirred overnight. A brown solid was filtered off and washed with water. The filtrate was neutralized with 1N NaOH, resulting in a yellow precipitate. The solid was filtered, washed with water, dried briefly, and partially dissolved in THF/methanol. The precipitate solid was filtered and washed with ether to yield the product as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z) 395 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.19 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.59 (series of m, 9H), 8.10 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 11.42 (s, 1H).
  • Example 4A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetra hydro-2-benzyl-3-(2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#77)
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 4, (R)-1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was reacted to produce the title compound.
  • MS (m/z) 395 (MH+)
  • [α]=−110.00 (c=0.43, CH3OH); HPLC Chiralpak OD 0.46×25 cm, 0.1% DEA/MeOH, Tr=5.36 0 min.
  • EXAMPLE 5 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Hydrochloride Salt (#4)
  • Method A: HCl Salt
  • To a suspension of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-benzyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (prepared as in Example 3) (1.12 g, 2.82 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) and 10% Pd/C (500 mg) was added HCl in ether solution (1.41 mL, 2N). The reaction mixture was agitated under a hydrogen atmosphere (45 psi) in a Parr apparatus for 6 h. The resulting solution was filtered through Celite and concentration in vacuo to yield the product as a green solid.
  • MS (m/z) 307 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.39-4.48 (m, 2H), 6.09 (broad s, 3H), 6.97-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.71 (m, 2H), 8.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H).
  • Method B: Free Base
  • 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline, a known compound, (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) (15.35 g, 52.5 mmol) was dissolved in dry DMF (90 mL). Potassium tert-butoxide (10.02 g, 89.3 mmol) was introduced in one portion and the suspension was stirred until a clear solution was obtained. Oxygen gas was then passed through the solution via a syringe needle for 50 min. The reaction was quenched by the addition of glacial acetic acid (5.11 mL, 89.3 mmol) and poured into diethyl ether (1 L), which resulted in a precipitate that was collected by filtration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (0-50% EtOH/THF) to yield the product as a yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z): 307 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 4.18 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (broad s, 2H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.70 (series of m, 4H), 8.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Hydrochloride Salt (#48)
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 5, Method A, (R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-benzyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one was reacted to produce the title compound.
  • MS (m/z) 307 (MH+)
  • EXAMPLE 6 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Hydrochloride Salt
  • Method A: HCl Salt
  • The title product was prepared according to the process described in Example 4 with substitution of appropriate reagents.
  • MS (m/z) 305 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ3.17-3.20 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.60 (m, 4H), 6.10 (s, 1H) 6.85 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68(d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 9.71 (s, 1H), 11.17 (s, 1H).
  • Method B: Free Base
  • 1-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (1.06 g, 3.64 mmol), a known compound, (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 10, page 25) was dissolved in dry DMF (8 mL). Potassium tert-butoxide (829 mg, 7.38 mmol) was introduced in one portion and the suspension was stirred until a clear solution was obtained. Oxygen gas was then passed through the solution via a syringe needle for 50 min. The reaction was quenched by the addition of glacial acetic acid (0.42 mL, 7.34 mmol) and poured into diethyl ether (50 mL), which resulted in a precipitate that was collected by filtration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (0-50% MeOH/THF) to yield the product as a yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z): 305 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 3.17 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.31 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.44 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 6A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Hydrochloride Salt
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 6, Method A, (R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-benzyl-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one was reacted to produce the title compound.
  • MS (m/z) 305 (MH+)
  • [α}=+39.0° (C=0.605, 1% TFA in CH3OH)
  • EXAMPLE 7 (4-Pyridinyl)methyl-4-nitrophenylcarbonic Acid Ester
  • To a solution of 4-pyridinylcarbinol (50 mmol) and triethylamine (50 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (100 mL) was added a solution of 4-nitrophenylchloroformate (50 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature, resulting in a yellow precipitate which was removed by filtration, and concentrated. The semisolid residue was treated with THF (50 mL) to form a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (20% THF/CHCl3) to yield the product as an orange solid.
  • MS (m/z) 275 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 5.33 (s, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 2H), 8.30 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 2H), 8.68 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H).
  • EXAMPLE 8 6-[2-(1-Morpholino)ethoxy]-2-benzofurancarboxylic Acid
  • A solution of 6-methoxy-2-benzofurancarboxylate methyl ester (868 mg, 4.52 mmol) in dry benzene was treated with triphenylphosphine (1.18 g, 4.52 mmol) and 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine (0.72 mL, 4.57 mmol) under an argon atmosphere. DEAD (0.55 mL, 4.5 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, at room temperature. The solution was stirred overnight, concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-10% MeOH/CHCl3).
  • The purified product was subjected to saponification for 3 h in a 1:1 mixture of methanol and aqueous 1N NaOH (80 mL) at reflux temperature. The reaction mixture was neutralized with concentrated HCl and concentrated to yield a residue which was triturated with methanol (20 mL). The resulting salt was removed by filtration and concentrated to yield a second residue that was similarly triturated with THF. The third residue was dried under vacuum to yield the product as a yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z) 292 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.57 (broad s, 4H), 2.87 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 4.23 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J=8.7, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 9 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To a suspension of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (27.7 g, 94.8 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) in dry methanol (300 mL) was added t-butylpyrocarbonate (25.0 g, 114 mmol). Shortly after the addition of the pyrocarbonate, a clear solution was formed. The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h, resulting in formation of a white precipitate. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with a 1:1 mixture of diethyl ether:pentane, and dried in vacuo to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 415 (MNa+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.53 (s, 9H), 2.75-3.17 (series of m, 3H), 4.22 (broad, 1H), 5.93 (s, 2H), 6.31 (broad, 1H), 6.64-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.33 (series of m, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (broad, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 10 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To a solution of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (9.11 g, 31.1 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) in dry dichloromethane (100 mL) were added triethylamine (8.80 mL, 63.1 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (5 mg), followed by the dropwise addition of benzylchloroformate (4.60 mL, 30.6 mmol) over a period of 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h, transferred to a separatory funnel, washed with 2N HCl, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentration in vacuo. Flash chromatography yielded the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 425 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.78-2.95 (broad m, 2H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 1H), 4.40 (broad, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (s, 2H), 6.35 (broad 1H), 6.80 (broad, 3H), 7.09-7.35 (series of m, 8H), 7.53 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (broad, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 11 1-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To a solution of tryptamine (5.0 g, 0.0312 mol) and 3,4-dimethoxy benzaldehyde (5.7 g, 0.0312 mol) in CH2Cl2 (220 mL) was added TFA (4.5 mL, 0.0584 mol). The deep blue solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with NaHCO3 (4.9 g, 0.0584 mol) in H2O (50 mL) and the organic layer washed with brine (2×100 mL). The reaction mixture was dried with MgSO4 and the solvent evaporated. Product was isolated by column chromatography (silica gel; CH3OH:EtOAc=1:9) as a yellowish oil, which solidified slowly upon standing at room temperature.
  • mp: 146-148° C.; MS (m/z) 307 (M−1), 309 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.70˜2.92 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 3H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H)
  • EXAMPLE 12 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (2.72 g, 9.6 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloro-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidine (1.04 g, 4.78 mmol) were stirred in DMF (20 mL, anhydrous) at 120° C. for 16 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with saturated NH4Cl, extracted with ethyl acetate and dried with MgSO4. The reaction mixture solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate:hexanes=1:2) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 200-202° C.; MS (m/z): 477 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.71 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.93 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 8.74 (s, 2H), 11.00 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 13 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 12, 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (3.73 g, 12.8 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloro-5-(3,4-dimethoxylphenyl)pyrimidine (1.60 g, 6.4 mmol) in DMF (50 mL, anhydrous) were reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 173-175° C.; MS (m/z): 507 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.89 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.92, 3.94 (2s, 6H), 5.03 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J=4 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 6.87-7.32 (m, 6H), 7.56 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 2H);
  • EXAMPLE 14 1-(3,4-Methlenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-methylphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 12, 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (2.19 g, 7.5 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloro-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidine (1.03 g, 5 mmol) in toluene (50 mL, anhydrous) and DBU (0.9 mL) were reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 459 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.85 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (t, J=12 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (t, J=12 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J=14 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (d, J=4 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.50 (m, 7H), 7.56 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 2H);
  • EXAMPLE 15 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)methyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • A solution of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (2.92 g, 10 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24), 4-picolylchloride hydrochloride (1.64 g, 10 mmol) and DBU (3.1 g, 20 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Water (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) were added to the reaction mixture. The solute, present in the organic phase, was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate) to yield the product as an off-white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 382 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.75 (d, 1H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.35 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (s, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.40 (m, 7H), 7.51 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 16 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (2.3 g, 8.0 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloropyrimidine (0.914 g, 8.0 mmol) were stirred in anhydrous DMF (15 mL) at 140° C. for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×80 mL) and dried with MgSO4. The solvents were evaporated and the product was isolated by column chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc:Hexane=1:9) as a yellowish solid.
  • mp: 176-177° C.;
  • MS (m/z): 371 (MH+), 369 (M−1); Anal. calculated for C22H18N4O2, C, 71.34; H, 4.90; N, 15.13; found C, 70.57; H, 4.92; N, 15.38.
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.92 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 4.92 (dd, 1H, J=14, 7 Hz), 5.91 (d, 2H, J=6 Hz), 6.43 (t, 1H, J=6 Hz), 6.63 (d, 1H, J=10 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=10 Hz), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.08 (m, 3H), 7.21 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.54 (d, 1H, J=10 Hz), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, 2H, J=6 Hz).
  • EXAMPLE 17 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 12 above, 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (295 mg, 1 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloro-5-(4-chlorophenyl)pyrimidine (113 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL, anhydrous) were reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 479 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.87 (dd, J=4, 14 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (dt, J=5, 12 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (dt, J=4, 14 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J=5, 14 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=4 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (m, 4H), 7.56 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 2H);
  • EXAMPLE 18 [5-(3.4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-1-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 16, 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloro-5-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)pyrimidine were reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp. 184-186° C.;
  • MS (m/z) 523 (MH+), 521 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.81-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 5.01 (dd, 1H, J=14 Hz, 5 Hz), 6.68 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 6.70˜7.19 (m, 7H), 7.28 (t, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.52 (t, 1H, J=8 Hz), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 2H);
  • EXAMPLE 19 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#12)
  • 1-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (1.854 g, 6.04 mmol) (prepared as in Example 11) and KOt-Bu (1.14 g, 10.15 mmol) were stirred in DMF (60 mL) at room temperature for 10 min. Oxygen was bubbled through the solution for 1 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 1N HCl solution (10.15 mL, 10.15 mmol) and the water removed in vacuo as an azeotrope with toluene. Silica gel (˜5 g) was added to the residual DMF solution, followed by diethyl ether (600 mL), which resulted in precipitation of the product onto the silica gel. The diethyl ether was decanted and the silica gel was washed with diethyl ether (2×100 mL). After the solvent was decanted and any remaining trace amounts evaporated, the residue was purified by column chromatograph (silica gel; EtOH:EtOAc=1:9) to yield the product as a bright yellow solid. The product was recrystallized from methanol.
  • mp. 223-225° C.;
  • MS (m/z): 323 (MH+), 321 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.18 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 4.38 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.41 (s, 1H), 6.83 (m, 3H), 7.39 (t, 1H, J=7 Hz), 7.58 (m, 2H), 8.22 (d, 1H, J=6 Hz), 11.85 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 20 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#2)
  • Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 36 mg, 0.9 mmol) and 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (186 mg, 0.39 mmol) (prepared as in Example 12) in DMF (10 mL, anhydrous) were stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Dry air was then bubbled through the solution for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 were added, the organic phase was washed with water, brine, and dried with MgSO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 325-327° C.;
      • MS (m/z) 491 (MH+); 489 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.86 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J=15 Hz, 1H), 5.98(s, 2H), 6.29 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=4 Hz, 3H), 7.34 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (dd, J=8 Hz, 3H), 8.16 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (broad, s, 2H); 11.85 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 21 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#1)
  • Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 40 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (218 mg, 0.43 mmol) (prepared as in Example 13) in DMF (10 mL, anhydrous) were stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Dry air was then bubbled through the solution for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 were added, the organic phase was washed with water, brine, and dried with MgSO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 521 (MH+); 519 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.86 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J=15 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 6.31 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 8.17 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (broad, s, 2H); 11.85 (s, 1H);
  • Example 21A (S)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#35)
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 21, (S)-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was reacted to yield the title compound.
  • Example 21B (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#36)
  • Following the procedure as described in Example 21, (R)-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was reacted to yield the title compound.
  • EXAMPLE 22 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(4-methylphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#7)
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 21, sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 43 mg, 1.09 mmol) and 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-methylphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (278 mg, 0.60 mmol) (prepared as in Example 12) in DMF (15 mL, anhydrous) were reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 475 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.32 (s, 3H), 4.86 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J=15 Hz, 1H), 5.98(s, 2H), 6.30 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=4 Hz, 3H), 7.24 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.65 (m, 3H), 8.16 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (broad, s, 2H); 11.85 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 23 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-[5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#15)
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 19, [5-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-1-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (prepared as in Example 18) was reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 535 (MH+), 537 (MH)
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 5.0 (m, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.75˜7.15 (m, 5H), 7.36 (t, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.32 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.61 (m, 2H), 8.29 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 8.58 (s, 2H);
  • EXAMPLE 24 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)methyl-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#5)
  • Following the same procedure as outlined in Example 21, sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 40 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)methyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (192 mg, 0.50 mmol) (prepared as in Example 15) in DMF (10 mL, anhydrous) were reacted to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 398 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.58 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 6.97 (s, 3H), 7.7.35 (m, 3H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.34 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=6 Hz 2H); 11.45 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 25 1,2,3,4-Tetra hydro-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-β-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#3)
  • 2-t-Butoxycarbonyl-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (4.09 g, 10.4 mmol) (prepared as in Example 9) was dissolved in dry DMF (100 mL). Potassium t-butoxide (2.55 g, 22.7 mmol) was introduced in one portion and the suspension was stirred until a clear solution was obtained. Oxygen gas was then passed through the solution via a syringe needle for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of glacial acetic acid (25 mmol) and poured into a mixture of diethyl ether and water, which resulted in a precipitate that was collected by filtration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (0-10% MeOH/CHCl3) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 405 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.38-1.65 (series of s, 9H), 4.79-4.88 (m, 2H), 5.86-6.27 (series of m, 3H), 6.71-7.50 (series of m, 7H), 11.57 and 11.64 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 26 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#27)
  • 2-benzyloxycarbonyl-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (3.63 g, 8.51 mmol)) (prepared as in Example 10) was dissolved in dry DMF (25 mL). Potassium t-butoxide (2.40 g, 21.4 mmol) was introduced in one portion and the suspension was stirred until a clear solution was obtained. Oxygen gas was then passed through the solution via a syringe needle for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of glacial acetic acid (1.23 mL, 21.0 mmol) and poured into water (250 mL), which resulted in a precipitate that was collected by filtration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (2-10% MeOH/CHCl3) to yield the product as a red powder.
  • MS (m/z): 439 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 4.63-5.18 (series of m, 4H), 5.71-5.85 (series of m, 3H), 6.54-6.72 (series of m, 3H), 6.98-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.57 (series of m, 7H), 8.27-8.32 (m, 1H), 10.04 and 10.33 (s, 1H);
  • EXAMPLE 27 (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic Acid, Methyl Ester (#20)
  • A. A solution of (E)-4-carbomethoxycinnamic acid (5.09 g, 24.7 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (25 mL) and treated under an argon atmosphere with oxalyl chloride (3.00 mL, 34.4 mmol) and a drop of dry DMF. After heating at 50° C. for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the acid chloride of (E)-carboxymethyl cinnamic acid as a tan solid.
  • B. The product from Part A (78 mg, 0.35 mmol) was added to a solution of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (93.5 mg, 0.31 mmol) (prepared as in Example 6), THF (3 mL), triethylamine (0.20 mL, 1.43 mmol), and DMAP (5 mg). The mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature, diluted with 1N HCl (10 mL) and the resulting white precipitate collected by filtration. The solid was washed with water (3×), with diethyl ether (3×) and dried in vacuo to yield the product as a slightly pink solid.
  • MS (m/z): 493 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ 3.10-3.m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.43-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.70-5.14 (series of m, 2H), 6.23 and 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.72-6.79 (m, 1H), 7.07-8.19 (series of m, 12H), 10.69 and 10.77 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 28 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#13)
  • To a solution of 5-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2-furoic acid (80.44 mg, 0.314 mmol) in 1:1 DCM:THF (5 mL, anhydrous) was added oxalyl chloride (43.85 mg, 0.345 mmol), followed by two drops of DMF. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. A suspension of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (96.2 mg, 0.314 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5), triethylamine (0.13 mL), and DMAP (trace) in 1:1 DCM:THF (5 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added, and the solution was washed with aq. NaHCO3, brine, 1N HCl, brine and then dried with MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 219-221° C.
  • MS (m/z): 545 (MH+), 567 (M+23), 543 (MH)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.09 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (m, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=4 Hz, 3H), 11.55 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 29 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(6-hydroxy-2-benzo-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3.4-b]quinolin-9-one (#9)
  • To a solution of 6-hydroxy-2-benzofuranoic acid (0.054 g, 0.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise oxalyl chloride (0.046 g, 0.36 mmol) followed by DMF (2 drops). The solution was warmed to 25° C. and stirred for 30 min, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and added to a solution of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (0.092 g, 0.3 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5) in THF (5 ml), triethylamine (0.045 g, 0.45 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.01 g, cat.). The solution was stirred for 20 h at 25° C., and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 3% methanol in dichloromethane, to yield the product as a clear oil.
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 5.25 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.45 (broad s, 1H), 6.84 (m, 3H), 6.93 (m, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.89 (overlapping m's, 5H), 8.32 (d, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 30 (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic Acid Methyl Ester (#6)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 20, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (398 mg, 1.30 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5) was reacted with the acid chloride of (E)-carboxymethyl cinnamic acid (301 mg, 1.34 mmol), in the presence of triethylamine (0.54 mL, 3.87 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of dichloromethane:THF (40 mL) to yield the product as a tan solid.
  • MS (m/z): 493 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.69-5.29 (series of m, 2H), 5.93-6.02 (m, 2H), 6.27 and 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.89-8.21 (series of m, 13H), 9.50 and 11.96 (broad s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 31 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-(imidazol-1-yl)thiocarbonyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#18)
  • To a suspension of 1,1′-thiocarbonyldiimidazole (0.192 g, 1.08 mmol) in DMF (5 mL, anhydrous) at 0° C. was added 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (0.30 g, 0.98 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5). The mixture warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. The solution was diluted with water and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and washed with aq. NaHCO3 and brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo, to yield the product as a light tan solid.
  • mp: 211-215° C. (dec.)
  • MS (m/z): 415 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 4.71-5.16 (m, 1H), 5.46 (d, J=15 Hz, 1H), 6.36-7.17 (overlapping m's, 5H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 8.28 (m, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 32 (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic Acid (#8)
  • (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (149 mg, 0.30 mmol), (prepared as in Example 30) was suspended in a 1:1 mixture of 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide:methanol (10 mL) and heated to reflux for 8 h. The reaction mixture was treated with aqueous HCl to pH 1, resulting in a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water (30 mL) and diethyl ether (160 mL) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 481 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ 4.71-5.13 (series of d, 2H,), 5.95-5.98 (m, 2H), 6.23 and 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.84-7.78 (series of m, 10H), 7.89-7.92 (m, 3H), 8.13-8.17 (m, 1H), 11.94 (broad s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 33 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-nitrophenyl)-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#16)
  • 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (70.3 mg, 0.229 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5), 5-(4-nitrophenyl)-2-furoic acid (58.9 mg, 0.25 mmol) and PyBrOP (0.118 g, 0.25 mmol) were stirred in DMF (3 mL) and DIPEA (0.088 mL, 0.50 mmol) for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate (80 mL) and the resulting organic layer washed with 1N aqueous HCl (3×50 mL), saturated aqueous Na2CO3 solution (1×50 mL) and brine (1×50 mL). The organic layer was dried with MgSO4 and the solvent evaporated in vacuo. Column chromatography of the residue (silica gel, 5% CH3OH/CH3Cl) yielded the product as a yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z): 522 (MH+), 520 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.05 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.45 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 6.0 (s, 2H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 7.32˜7.41 (m, 2H), 7.55˜7.65 (m, 3H), 8.12 (m, 3H), 8.39 (m, 2H), 11.91 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 34 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)2-5-(4-aminophenyl)-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#26)
  • 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[(5-(4-nitrophenyl))-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (25 mg, 0.0479 mmol) (prepared as in Example 33) was stirred with 10% Pd on Carbon (5.1 mg, 0.00479 mmol) under 1 atm H2 at room temperature for 14 h. The solvent was evaporated and product isolated by preparative TLC as a yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z): 492 (MH+); 490 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 5.25 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.45 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.70˜8.60 (m, 13H).
  • EXAMPLE 35 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[2-hydroxynicotinoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]-quinolin-9-one (#25)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 33, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 428 (MH+); 426 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 4.65 (d, J=14 Hz), 5.10 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 6.50˜7.10 (m, 3H), 7.30˜7.70 (m, 5H), 8.25 (m, 2H).
  • EXAMPLE 36 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]-quinolin-9-one (#21)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 33, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 507 (MH+); 505 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 5.10 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.38 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 6.02 (s, 2H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 6.80˜8.35 (m, 13H), 11.80 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 37 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]-quinolin-9-one (#22)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 33, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 493 (MH+); 491 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.05 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.15 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.75 (s, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.80˜8.35 (m, 13H), 11.60 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 38 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-methoxycarbonylphenyl)-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]-quinolin-9-one (#24)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 33, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 64.10 (s, 3H), 5.10 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.50 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 6.02 (s, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.80˜8.35 (m, 13H);
  • EXAMPLE 39 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(4-formylphenyl)-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3.4-b]-quinolin-9-one (#23)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 33, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 503 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.10 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 5.55 (d, 1H, J=14 Hz), 6.02 (s, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.80˜8.35 (m, 13H).
  • EXAMPLE 40 (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-4-methyl-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic Acid, Methyl Ester (#63) & (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9-methoxy-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic Acid, Methyl Ester (#64)
  • A solution of (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (349 mg, 0.62 mmol) (prepared as in Example 30) and iodomethane (0.060 mL, 0.96 mmol) in dry acetone (10 mL) was treated with anhydrous potassium carbonate (241 mg, 1.74 mmol) and heated to reflux for 3 h under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield a mixture of the N- and O-methylated products.
  • The mixture of N- and O-methylated products was separated by column chromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to yield the N-methylated product (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-4-methyl-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic acid, methyl ester as a tan solid.
  • MS (m/z): 509 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 5.10 (m, 2H), 5.94 (nd, J=3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.96 (m, 3H), 7.44-7.76 (series of m, 6H), 8.05 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.55 (d, J=7.4 Hz).
  • and the O-methylated product (E)-4-[3-Oxo-3-[1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9-methoxy-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-2-yl]-1-propenyl]benzoic acid, methyl ester as a pink solid.
  • MS (m/z): 509 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.38 (s, 3H), 5.45 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.64 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 6.75-7.09 (series of d, 4H), 7.39-8.23 (series of m, 9H).
  • EXAMPLE 41 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#11)
  • To a solution of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (0.153 g, 0.415 mmol) (prepared as in Example 16) in anhydrous DMF (4.1 mL) was added KOtBu (0.079 g, 0.70 mmol, 1.7 eq.). After 5 min, oxygen gas was bubbled through the solution for 1 h. Diethyl ether (45 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the supernatant decanted. Brine (2 mL) was added to the residue and the pH was adjusted to pH˜7 by addition of a few drops of 1N HCl. The water was removed in vacuo as an azeotrope with toluene. The resulting deep red residue was dissolved in a minimum amount of THF, and purified by column chromatography (silca gel; EtOH CH2Cl2=1:9) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 383 (M−1); 385 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.84 (dd, 2H, J=14 Hz, 10 Hz), 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.69 (t, 1H, J=5 Hz), 6.85 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 6.92 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=7 Hz), 7.60 (m, 2H), 8.15 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 8.41 (broad s, 2H), 11.9 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 42 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#11)
  • 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (100 mg, 0.3265 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5) and 2-chloropyrimidine (38 mg, 0.3265 mmol) were stirred in DMF (2.5 mL) at 100° C. for 16 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 5% CH3OH/CH3Cl) to yield a yellow oil. Trituration of the oil with MeOH afforded the product as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 383 (M−1); 385 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.84 (dd, 2H, J=14 Hz, 10 Hz), 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.69 (t, 1H, J=5 Hz), 6.85 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 6.92 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=7 Hz), 7.60 (m, 2H), 8.15 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 8.41 (broad s, 2H), 11.9 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 43 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[(4-pyridinyl)methyloxycarbonyl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Hydrochloride Salt (#37)
  • A mixture of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, hydrochloride salt (101 mg, 0.33 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5), (4-pyridinyl)methyl-4-nitrophenylcarbonic acid ester (106 mg, 0.38 mmol) (prepared as in Example 7) and triethylamine (2 eq.) was heated to reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (0-10% MeOH/CHCl3). The corresponding salt was formed by precipitation of the methanolic solution of the free base with a solution of HCl-ether.
  • MS (m/z) 442 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 5.02-5.62 (series of m, 4H), 5.93-6.00 (m, 2H), 6.23 and 6.44 (s, 1H), 6.82-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.90 (m, 4H), 8.12 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 44 1,2,3,4-Tetra hydro-2-[(4-pyridinyl)methyloxycarbonyl]-3-(2.3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#53)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 36, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, hydrochloride salt (prepared as in Example 6) and (4-pyridinyl)methyl-4-nitrophenylcarbonic acid ester (prepared as in Example 7) were reacted to yield the product as a slightly pink solid.
  • MS (m/z) 440 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.82-2.94 (m, 2H), 4.35-5.26 (series of m, 6H), 5.91 (s, 1H) 6.45-7.58 (series of m, 9H), 8.30-8.46 (m, 2H), 12.26 (broad, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 45 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[[5-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethoxy]-2-benzofuryl]carbonyl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Hydrochloride Salt (#49)
  • 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, hydrochloride salt (222 mg, 0.65 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5) and 6-[2-(1-Morpholino)ethoxy]-2-benzofurancarboxylic acid (209 mg, 0.72 mmol) (prepared as in Example 8) were suspended in dry THF (10 mL). To this mixture was added PyBrOP (358 mg, 0.77 mmol) and triethylamine (0.40 mL, 2.87 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight under an argon atmosphere and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (0-10% MeOH/CHCl3) yielded the free base. The corresponding salt was formed by precipitation of the methanolic solution of the free base with a solution of HCl-ether.
  • MS (m/z) 580 (MH+)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.17-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 4H), 3.80 (t, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (broad s, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 6.90-7.08 (series of m, 4H), 7.32-7.66 (series of m, 4H), 7.73 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 10.81 (s, 1H), 12.06 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 46 1-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • 1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo-5-furanyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 10, page 25) (3.35 g, 11.54 mmol), 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-chloropyrimidine (2.55 g, 11.54 mmol), and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.5 mL) were stirred in DMF (10 mL, anhydrous) at 120° C. for 16 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with 10% NaCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 10% NaCl, brine, and then dried with MgSO4. The reaction mixture solvent was evaporated, the resulting residue triturated with CH2Cl2 and filtered. The filtrate was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate:hexanes=4:6) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 242-243° C.
  • MS (m/z): 475 (MH+), 483 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.50 (s, 1H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.49 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.90 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (m, 4H), 7.06 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.73 (s, 2H), 11.00 (s, 1H)
  • EXAMPLE 47 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#39)
  • Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 87 mg, 2.18 mmol) and 1-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzfuranyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]-1H-β-carboline (450 mg, 0.95 mmol) (prepared as in Example 46) in DMF (30 mL, anhydrous) were stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Dry air was then bubbled through the solution for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was then added to the solution. The resulting mixture was washed with 10% NaCl solution, brine and then dried with MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 301-302° C.;
  • MS (m/z) 489 (MH+); 487 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.11 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.47 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.89 (m, 2H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (s, 2H), 11.87 (s, 1H)
  • Example 47A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl 1-3-(3,4-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#66)
  • (R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (0.23 g, 0.678 mmol) (prepared as in Example 6A), and 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-chloropyrimidine (0.167 g, 0.758 mmol) were stirred with diisopropyl ethyl amine (0.33 mL) and KF (44.8 mg, 0.758 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 60° C. for 36 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (75 mL) and EtOAc (75 mL). This was washed with 1N aqueous HCl (3×100 mL). This was then washed with brine (2×100 mL). After drying over MgSO4, this was concentrated to yellow oil. The crude product was purified by silica gel column to yield the product as white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 499 (MH+), 497 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR δ CDCl3 3.02 (t, 2H, J=11.7 Hz), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.44 (t, 2H, J=11.7 Hz), 4.95 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 5.08 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 6.24 (s, 1H), 6.62 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.92 (d, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.14˜7.61 (m, 7H), 8.45 (m, 3H), 9.65 (s, 1H)
  • Rf=0.47 (10% CH3OH/CHCl3). Elemental analysis: for C30H24N4O3, calculated % C; 73.76, % H; 4.95, % N; 11.47, % O; 9.82; found % C; 73.73, % H; 4.87, % N; 11.40, O % 9.65.
  • EXAMPLE 48 (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)furo-2-yl]-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#50)
  • To a solution of 5-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2-furoic acid (504.4 mg, 1.97 mmol) in 1:1 DCM:THF (10 mL, anhydrous) was added oxalyl chloride (275 mg, 2.17 mmol), followed by two drops of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. To the reaction mixture were added triethylamine (1.1 mL), DMAP (trace), and a suspension of enantiomerically pure 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (603 mg, 1.97 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5A), in 1:1 DCM:THF (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added, and the solution was washed with aq. NaHCO3, brine, 1N HCl, brine and then dried with MgSO4. The reaction mixture solvent was evaporated and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 219-221° C.
  • MS (m/z): 545 (MH+), 543 (M−1).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ5.09 (d, J=13 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (d, J=13 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (m, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=5 Hz, 3H), 11.90 (s, 1H)
  • EXAMPLE 49 1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuranyl)-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • 1-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 10, page 25) (1.35 g, 4.66 mmol), 2-chloro-5-(2-pyridinyl)-pyrimidine (893 mg, 4.66 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.4 mL) were stirred in DMF (10 mL, anhydrous) at 120° C. for 16 h. The resulting mixture was quenched with 10% NaCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracted organic layer was washed with 10% NaCl, brine and then dried with MgSO4. The reaction mixture solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate:hexanes=4:6) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 170-171° C.
  • MS (m/z): 446 (MH+), 444 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2.85 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (s, 2H), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 9.13 (s, 2H), 11.01 (s, 1H)
  • EXAMPLE 50 1,2,3,4-Tetra hydro-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#61)
  • Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 182 mg, 4.55 mmol) and 1-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]-1H-β-carboline (16176-23) (882 mg, 1.98 mmol) (prepared as in Example 49) in DMF (30 mL, anhydrous) were stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Dry air then was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was washed with 10% NaCl solution, brine, and then dried with MgSO4. The reaction mixture solvent was evaporated and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate to yield the product as a white solid.
  • mp: 201-203° C.
  • MS (m/z) 460 (MH+); 458 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.11 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.91 (m, 2H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.59 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (s 1H), 9.12 (s, 2H), 11.90 (s, 1H).
  • Example 50A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#65) A. 1-methyl-5-(2-pyridinyl)-2(1H)pyrimidone
  • A mixture of 2-(2-pyridinyl)malondialdehyde (5 g, 0.0335 mole), methyl urea (4.72 g, 0.0637 mole), and toluenesulfonic acid (450 mg) was refluxed in toluene (100 mL) in an apparatus fitted with a Dean-Stark water separator for 4 h. The mixture was cooled and the precipitate was filtered. The solid was triturated with water and recrystallized from ethanol to yield the product.
  • MS m/z (M+H) 188
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 2H).
  • B. 2-chloro-5-(2-pyridinyl)pyrimidine
  • A mixture of 1-methyl-5-(2-pyridinyl)-2(1H)pyrimidone (8.994 g, 0.048 mole), phosphorus pentachloride (2.156 g, 0.0104 mole), and phosphorus oxychloride (24 mL) was refluxed at 120° C. for 8 h. POCl3 was distilled out under reduced pressure. The residue was cooled to room temperature and ice-water was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer was washed with 15% NaCl solution, brine and dried over MgSO4. Solvent was distilled out under reduced pressure to yield a solid. The water layer was adjusted to pH 6-7 by using saturated Na2CO3, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 15% NaCl, brine, dried over MgSO4. Solvent was distilled out under reduced pressure to give a solid. After trituration with MeOH, additional product was obtained.
  • MS m/z (M+H) 192
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.56 (s, 3H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.61 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 9.31 (s, 1H).
  • C. (R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-dihydrobenzofuranyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one
  • A mixture of (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, hydrochloride salt (1.273 g, 0.00373 mole) (prepared in example 6A), 2-chloro-5-(2-pyridinyl)pyrimidine (0.714 g, 0.00373 mole), KF (0.216 g, 0.00373 mole), and diisopropylethylamine (2.27 mL) in DMF (45 mL) was heated at 55° C. for 4 h. EtOAc was added, and the mixture was washed with 0.5N citric acid, then with 15% NaCl, brine and dried over MgSO4. Solvent was distilled out under reduced pressure to give a solid. The solid was dissolved in 10% methanol in dichloromethane and purified via column chromatography (EtOAc to 10% CH3OH in EtOAc) to yield the title compound.
  • mp 231-233° C.
  • MS m/z (M+H) 460
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.11 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.92 (m, 2H), 6.34 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (m, 4H), 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 8.60, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 9.12 (s, 1H), 11.92 (s, 1H)
  • The title compound was dissolved in methanol, one equivalent of 0.02M methane sulfonic acid (in methanol) was added. Solvent was distilled out under reduced pressure to yield the methane sulfonic salt.
  • [α]=−236.2° (c=1.0333 g/dL, CH3OH).
  • EXAMPLE 51 2-chloro-5-bromopyrimidine
  • 2-chloro-5-bromopyrimidine was prepared from 2-hydroxypyrimidine (purchased from Frontier Scientific Inc.) according to the procedure disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,611, Preparation 6, Column 17.
  • EXAMPLE 52 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-bromopyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To the solution of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (4.38 g, 15.0 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and 2-chloro-5-bromopyrimidine (2.90 g, 15.0 mmol) (prepared as in Example 51) in dry degassed DMF (30 ml) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (4.2 ml, 30 mmol). The mixture was heated at 120-130° C. overnight. The mixture was then cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate. The solution was washed with 0.5 N citric acid, water and brine, then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column (silical gel, hexane:ethyl acetate=6:1, v/v, followed by hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1, v/v) yielded the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 451 and 449 (MH+), 447 and 449 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.82-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 1H), 4.92 (dd, J=18.1 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 2H).
  • EXAMPLE 53 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-(5-bromopyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#55)
  • Method A:
  • A solution of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-bromopyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (1.0 g, 2.2 mmol) (prepared as in Example 52) in dry DMF (40 ml) was cooled in an ice bath. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.18 g, 4.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 45 min. Dried air was bubbled through the solution and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with brine and water, then dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by flash column (silica gel, hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1, v/v, followed by neat ethyl acetate) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 465 and 463 (MH+), 463 and 461 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 6.85-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.64 (m, 3H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H).
  • Method B:
  • To the solution of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (31 mg, 0.1 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5, free base) and 2-chloro-5-bromopyrimidine (19 mg, 0.1 mmol) (prepared as in Example 51) in dry degassed DMF (2 ml) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (28 μl, 0.2 mmol). The mixture was heated at 120-130° C. overnight. The solution was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed by 0.5N citric acid, water and brine, then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column (silica gel, hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1, v/v, followed by neat ethyl acetate) yielded the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 465 and 463 (MH+), 463 and 461 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.98 (s, 2H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 6.85-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.64 (m, 3H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H).
  • EXAMPLE 54 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(3-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3.4-b]quinolin-9-one (#56)
  • Method A:
  • A stirred mixture of palladium(II) acetate (0.8 mg, 3.6 μmol) and 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (dppf) (2.4 mg, 4.3 μmol) in dry DMF (1.0 ml) was warmed to 50° C. for 15 min and then cooled. 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(5-bromopyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (20 mg, 43 μmol) (prepared as in Example 53), pyridine-3-boronic acid (6.0 mg, 43 μmol) and triethylamine (8 μl, 60 μmol) were added to the solution and the mixture was heated to 90° C. for 16 h. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through filter paper. The organic phase was washed with brine and water, and then dried over Na2SO4. A small amount of silica gel was added into the solution and the solution was dried in vacuo. Purification by flash column (silica gel, 10% ammonium hydroxide in water:acetonitrile=1:10, v/v) yielded the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 460 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.88 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.70 (m, 2H), 8.08 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.72-8.82 (broad, 1H), 8.89 (s, 2H), 11.87 (s, 1H).
  • Method B:
  • A solution of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) (prepared as in Example 55), in dry DMF (4.0 ml) was cooled in an ice bath. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 31 mg, 0.78 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 45 min. Dried air was bubbled through the solution and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by water and extracted by ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with brine and water, then dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by flash column (silica gel, 10% ammonium hydroxide in water:actonitrile=1:10, v/v) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 460 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.88 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.70 (m, 2H), 8.08 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.72-8.82 (br, 1H), 8.89 (s, 2H), 11.87 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 55 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[5-(3-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • A stirred mixture of palladium(II) acetate (27 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (dppf) (83 mg, 0.15 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was warmed to 50° C. for 15 min and then cooled. 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-bromopyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (674 mg, 1.5 mmol) (prepared as in Example 52), pyridine-3-boronic acid (203 mg, 1.7 mmol) and triethylamine (0.3 ml, 2.1 mmol) were added to the solution and the mixture heated to 90° C. for 16 h. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through filter paper. The organic phase was washed with brine and water, then dried over Na2SO4. A small amount of silica gel was added into the solution and the solution was dried in vacuo. Purification by flash column (silica gel, hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1, v/v, followed by hexane:ethyl acetate=1:2, v/v) yielded the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 448 (MH+) and 446 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.85-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.48 (m, 1H), 5.06 (dd, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (d, J=4.7, 2H), 6.73 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.84 (m, 2H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.60(s, 2H) 8.77 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 56 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2-[5-(4-pyridinyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#57)
  • A stirred mixture of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(5-bromopyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (46 mg, 0.1 mmol) (prepared as in Example 53), (PPh3)4Pd (3.5 mg, 3.0 mmol) and 4-tri-n-butylstannylpyridine (37 mg, 0.1 mmol) in dry DMF (2.0 ml) was heated at 140° C. for 12 h. More catalyst (3.5 mg) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 4 h and then cooled. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through filter paper. The organic phase was washed with brine and water, then dried over Na2SO4. A small amount of silica gel was added into the solution and dried in vacuo. Purification by flash column (silica gel, neat acetonitrile followed by 10% ammonium hydroxide in water:actonitrile=1:10, v/v) yielded the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z) 460 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.93 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (s, 2H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.34 (broad, 1H), 7.62 (broad, 2H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 8.19 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (broad, 2H), 8.78 (broad, 1H), 9.00 (broad, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 57 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-(2-bromo)-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-β]quinolin-9-one (#30)
  • 5-Bromo-2-furoic acid (1.44 g, 7.54 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was stirred with oxalyl chloride (1.06 mL, 7.54 mmol) at room temperature. To the mixture was added 2 drops of DMF resulting in a vigorous reaction with evolution of gas. After the evolution of gas ceased, an additional quantity of oxalyl chloride (0.1 mL, 0.71 mmol) was introduced via syringe and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min and then stirred at 90° C. for 10 min. Solvent and excess oxalyl chloride were removed in vacuo, resulting in a pale yellow crystalline solid. To the solid was added THF (20 mL) and a solution of 3-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuran)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (2.1 g) (prepared as in Example 6), in THF (20 mL). Et3N (4.55 mL, 32.6 mmol) and a catalytic amount of DMAP (40 mg) were then added to the reaction mixture. A few drops of DMF were added, resulting in a clear reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture solvent was evaporated resulting in a solid residue. The residue was re-dissolved in CHCl3 (200 mL), washed with water (3×200 mL) and the organic layer dried over MgSO4. The organic solvent was evaporated to yield the product as a off-white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 480, (MH+), 478 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR CDCl3 δ 5.03 (d, 1H, J=15.5 Hz), 5.23 (d, 1H, J=15.5 Hz), 5.85 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 6.40 (m, 2H), 6.56 (m, 1H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1H, J=4.3 Hz), 7.32 (t, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.53 (t, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 8.38 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 12.8 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 58 4-(4-Methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl Benzeneboronic Acid
  • 4-Carboxybenzeneboronic acid (0.332 g, 2 mmol), 1-methylpiperazine (0.22 mL, 2 mmol) and PyBrOP (0.9334 g, 2 mmol) were stirred with DIPEA (0.696 mL, 4 mmol) in DMF (7 mL) at room temperature for 16 h. Preparatory TLC (10% MeOH/CHCl3) yielded the product as white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 251 (MH+), 249 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR CD3OD δ 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 7.34 (s, 2H), 7.76 (s, 2H).
  • EXAMPLE 59 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-(4-(1-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl)-phenyl)-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#44)
  • 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedixoyphenyl)-2-(5-(2-bromo-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (59.6 mg, 0.12 mmol) (prepared as in Example 57), was stirred with Pd(PPh3)4 (7.37 mg, 0.0062 mmol) in dioxane (5.5 mL) with N2 bubbling for 10 min. A solution of 4-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl benzeneboronic acid (37.0 mg, 0.15 mmol) and K2CO3 (51.5 mg, 0.37 mmol) in H2O (1.1 mL) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated, the residue purified by preparatory TLC (10% MeOH/CHCl3) and then triturated with ether/MeOH (15 mL/1 mL), to yield the product as a pale yellow powder.
  • MS (m/z): 603 (MH+), 601 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR CD3OD δ 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.62 (m, 4H), 3.53 (broad s, 2H), 3.83 (broad s, 2H), 5.17 (d, 1H, J=15.5 Hz), 5.41 (d, 1H, J=15.5 Hz), 5.83 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.25˜7.34 (m, 2H), 7.46˜7.56 (m, 4H), 7.93 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 8.31 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz).
  • Example 59A (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-(4-(1-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl)-phenyl)-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#69) A 5-(4-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl phenyl)furoic Acid, Methyl Ester
  • A mixture of 4-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl benzeneboronic acid (prepared as in Example 58) (1.31 g, 5.28 mmol), methyl bromofuroic ester (1.08 g, 5.28 mmol (prepared from 5-bromofuroic acid in HCl/MeOH for 5 h at room temperature) was degassed by N2 bubbling in dioxane (45 mL) and H2O (9 mL) for 10 min. To this was added with Pd(PPh3)4 (0.627 g, 0.528 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.185 g, 15.84 mmol). The solution was stirred at 100° C. for 3 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (100 mL). This was washed with brine (3×100 mL), dried over MgSO4, concentration under vacuum and the crude product purified by silica gel column (5% CH3OH/CHCl3) to yield the product as yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 315 (MH+), 313 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR δ CDCl3 2.32˜2.48 (m, 7H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H,), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.24 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.49 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.83 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz)
  • Rf=0.51 (10% CH3OH/CHCl3).
  • B. 5-(4-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl phenyl)furoic Acid
  • To the product from Step A above (5-(4-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl phenyl)furoic acid, methyl ester) (1.08 g, 3.29 mmol), dissolved in THF (98.7 mL) was added LiOH (16.45 mL, 0.2 N in H2O). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 h and was neutralized by HCl (3.29 mL, 1.0 M in ether). After concentration, the crude material was used without further purification.
  • MS (m/z): 329 (MH+), 327 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR δ CD3OD 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.36˜2.58 (br s, 4H,), 3.48 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.46 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.95 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz)
  • C. (R)-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-{5-[4-(1-(4-methyl)-piperazinylcarbonyl)-phenyl]furoyl}-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#69)
  • A mixture of R-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrrolo-[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, hydrochloride salt (1.12 g, 3.29 mmol) (prepared as in Example 5A), and the product from Step B (1.034 g, 3.29 mmol) was stirred with PyBroP (1.535 g, 3.29 mmol) and diisopropyl ethyl amine (1.716 mL, 9.87 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (75 mL) and EtOAc (75 mL). This was purified on a silica gel column (neat CH2Cl2, to 2.5% CH3OH/CH2Cl2) to yield the product as an off-white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 603 (MH+), 601 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR δ CD3OD δ 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.43˜2.55 (m, 4H), 3.53 (br s, 2H), 3.83 (brs, 2H), 5.25 (d, 1H, J=15.5 Hz), 5.51 (d, 1H, J=15.5 Hz), 5.87 (s, 2H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 7.20˜7.39 (m, 2H), 7.46˜7.58 (m, 4H), 8.01 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 8.31 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz)
  • HPLC Chiralpak OD 4.6×250 mm, 1% DEA/MeOH, Tr=4.846 min)
  • EXAMPLE 60 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-(2-(4-hydroxy)phenyl)-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, Sodium Salt (Na Salt of #22)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 59, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a off-white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 493 (MH+), 491 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR CDCl3 δ 5.21 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 5.57 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 6.12 (s, 2H), 6.51 (s, 2H) 6.68 (d, 1H, J=4.1 Hz), 6.98˜7.14 (m, 4H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.62-7.79 (m, 4H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz).
  • EXAMPLE 61 (4-(2-(1-Pyrrolidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl) boronic Acid
  • (Prepared According to the Procedure Described by Hoye, T. R. and Chen, M. in J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 7940.)
  • To a solution of 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]-pyrrolidine (2.70 g, 10 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added n-butyl lithium (6.9 mL 1.6 M in hexanes, 11 mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 15 min and then at 0° C. for 15 min. Trimethyl borate (2.5 mL, 22 mmol) was then added to the reaction mixture at 0° C. The mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature overnight. Methyl borate in the reaction mixture was hydrolyzed by reacting with saturated NH4Cl aqueous solution (100 mL) at room temperature for 30 min. The upper organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (2×100 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (2×100 mL) and dried with MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated, resulting in a dense oil which was purified by column chromatograph (10% MeOH/CHCl3 and 1% Et3N) to yield the product as a white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 236, (MH+), 234 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR CD3ODδ 1.81 (m, 4H), 2.67 (m, 4H), 2.89 (t, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 4.08 (t, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 6.74 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.62 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz).
  • EXAMPLE 62 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(5-(4-(2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl)-furoyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#45)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 59, with appropriate substitution of reagents, the product was obtained as a off-white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 590, (MH+), 588 (M−1)
  • 1H NMR CDCl3 δ 2.18 (s, 4H), 2.55 (s, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 4.67 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 4.82 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 5.18 (s, 2H), 5.81 (m, 1H), 6.08 (m, 1H), 6.21 (s, 2H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 6.82 (m, 3H), 6.92 (m, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 2H), 7.62 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz).
  • EXAMPLE 63 3-(2,3-Dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(benzyl)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#60)
  • 1-(2,3-Dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (prepared as in Example 2) (5.25 g, 13.81 mmol), potassium dioxide (3.92 g, 55.24 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (3.65 g, 13.81 mmol) were mixed with DMF (100 mL) in a 200 mL flask. The reaction mixture was maintained at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was slowly added into a separate 500 mL flask containing a mixture of EtOAc (172 mL), H2O (172 mL) and 1N aqueous HCl (50 mL). The mixture was observed to produce tiny gas bubbles. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, resulting in the formation of a precipitate at the surface of the two liquid layers. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with H2O (20 mL) and then dried in a vacuum oven to yield the product as a off-white solid.
  • MS (m/z): 395, (MH+), 393 (M−1).
  • 1H NMR CDCl3 d 3.12 (t, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 3.50-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.99 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 4.22 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 4.55 (t, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 4.91 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.11-7.32 (m, 9H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 8.30 (t, 1H, J=8.7 Hz)
  • EXAMPLE 64 3-(3.4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[5-(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl-2-furoyl]-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#13)
  • Following the procedure outlined in Example 63, with appropriate substitution of reagents, 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-benzyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (0.381 g, 0.719 mmol) was reacted to yield the product as a off-white solid. Note that for full formation of the precipitate, the two liquid reaction mixtures were maintained at room temperature for 48 h, rather than overnight.
  • MS (m/z): 545 (MH+), 567 (M+23), 543 (M−1)
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.09 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (m, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=4 Hz, 3H), 11.55 (s, 1H).
  • EXAMPLE 65 1-(34-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline A. 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[3-(fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) thiocarbamoyl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • A mixture of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (2.66 g, 9.08 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and Fmoc-isothiocyanate (2.82 g, 10.14 mmol) was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (50 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at ambient temperature, and then concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) yielded the protected thiourea as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 574 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.86 (dd, J=12.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (dt, J=17.1, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dt, J=12.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.53 (m, 2H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.70 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (br s, 1H), 7.11-7.78 (series of m, 17H)
  • B. 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(thiocarbamoyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • A solution of the protected thiourea from Part A (4.78 g, 8.33 mmol) in 20% (v/v) piperidine in methanol was heated to reflux for 5 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2,0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield a yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 352 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.69-2.87 (series of m, 2H), 3.10-3.19 (m, 1H), 4.24 (br s, 1H), 6.00 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.11 (series of m, 3H), 7.30 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (br s, 3H), 11.06 (s, 1H)
  • C. 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To a solution of the thiourea from Part B (223 mg, 0.63 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of dioxane:ethanol (5 mL) was added 4-methoxyphenyl-2′-bromoacetophenone (175 mg, 0.76 mmol) and triethylamine (0.40 mL). The mixture was heated to 70° C. for 3 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated in a rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield a colorless solid.
  • MS (m/z): 482 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.86-2-3.07 (series of m, 2H), 3.61-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.91-4.02 (m, 1H), 5.99 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 2H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 6.80-7.11 (series of m, 8H), 7.31 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 10.93 (s, 1H)
  • EXAMPLE 66 1-(34-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[4-phenylthiazol-2-yl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline A. 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[3-(fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) thiocarbamoyl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • A mixture of 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (2.66 g, 9.08 mmol) (prepared according to the process as disclosed in WO97/43287, Intermediate 7, page 24) and Fmoc-isothiocyanate (2.82 g, 10.14 mmol) was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (50 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at ambient temperature, and then concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) yielded the protected thiourea as a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 574 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.86 (dd, J=12.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (dt, J=17.1, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dt, J=12.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.53 (m, 2H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.70 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (br s, 1H), 7.11-7.78 (series of m, 17H)
  • B. 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-(thiocarbamoyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • A solution of the protected thiourea from Part A (4.78 g, 8.33 mmol) in 20% (v/v) piperidine in methanol was heated to reflux for 5 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2,0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield a yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 352 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.69-2.87 (series of m, 2H), 3.10-3.19 (m, 1H), 4.24 (br s, 1H), 6.00 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.11 (series of m, 3H), 7.30 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (br s, 3H), 11.06 (s, 1H)
  • C. 1-(3,4-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-[4-phenylthiazol-2yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • To a solution of the thiourea of Part B (227 mg, 0.65 mmol) was added β-bromoacetophenone (159 mg, 0.80 mmol) and triethylamine (0.40 mL). This mixture was heated to 70° C. for 3 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated in a rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield a pale yellow solid.
  • MS (m/z): 452 (MH+)
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.87-2-3.06 (series of m, 2H), 3.63-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.99 (m, 1H), 5.99 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.81-7.11 (series of m, 5H), 7.25-7.69 (series of m, 6H), 7.89 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 10.95 (s, 1H)
  • EXAMPLE 67 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3R-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolinone A: [2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-(1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-amine was Prepared According to the Process Described in Kawate, T.; Yamanaka, M.; Nakagawa, M. in Heterocycles, 1999, 50, 1033 B: R- and S-Diastereomers of 1-(−2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • [2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-(1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (1.0 g, 3.18 mmol) and 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-carbaldehyde (2.356 g, 15.92 mmol) were stirred in p-xylene (20 mL) at 165° C. for 7 h. To the reaction mixture was added silica gel (10 g) and hexane (200 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered and the colorless filtrate was discarded. The silica gel was washed with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate solvent was evaporated, the concentrated crude material was dissolved in a small amount of CH2Cl2 and packed on a silica gel column. The column was eluted with 5% ethyl acetate/hexane to yield two diastereomers.
  • 1-(−2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1S-1H-β-carboline (the non-desired diastereomer A) (Rf=0.59 in 30% EtOAc/Hexane) was obtained as yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 1.581.62 (d, 3H, J=6.5 Hz), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.20 (m, 4H), 4.51 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.81 (s, 1H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 4H), 7.05˜7.65 (m, 5H), 7.70˜7.95 (m, 4H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (445), MH (443).
  • 1-(-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1R-1H-β-carboline (the desired diastereomer B) (Rf=0.51 in 30% EtOAc/Hexane) was obtained as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 1.58 (d, 3H, J=6.5 Hz), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 3.15 (m, 1H), 4.51 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.65 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.20˜7.50 (m, 5H), 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 1H), 8.21 (m, 1H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (445), MH (443).
  • C: Conversion of S-diastereomer to R-diastereomer
  • 1-(−2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1S-1H-β-carboline (the non-desired diastereomer A) (190 g, 0.428 mmol) was stirred in 1000 mL CH2Cl2 with TFA (52 mL, 701 mol) at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with NaOH (35 g, 0.875 mol) in water (100 mL). The reaction mixture was mixed well and then let stand for 0.5 hours, during which time a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, the solid washed with water and dried under high vacuum to yield the product as a solid.
  • 1H NMR was identical to that of 1-(−2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1R-1H-β-carboline (the desired diastereomer).
  • D: 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3R-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolinone
  • 1-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1R-1H-β-carboline (0.6469 g, 1.46 mmol) and potassium-t-butoxide (0.279 g, 2.48 mmol) were stirred in DMF (14 mL) at room temperature. O2 gas was bubbled into the reaction mixture overnight. The reaction was quenched with HCl (2.48 mL, 1 N aqueous). Ethyl acetate (50 mL) and H2O (50 mL) were then added. The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (3×50 mL) and dried over MgSO4. The resulting product was concentrated and purified via silica gel (2% methanol/CH2Cl2) to yield the product as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 1.65 (d, 3H, J=6.5 Hz), 3.05 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.01 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.68 (m, 1H), 5.31 (s, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.88˜7.89 (m, 12H), 8.25 (d, 1H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (459), MH (457).
  • E: 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3R-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolinone
  • 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-(1R-1-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3R-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolinone (24 mg, 0.0524 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL ethanol. To the reaction mixture was added 10% Pd/C (50 mg) and HCl (1.0 M in diethyl ether (0.05 mL, 0.05 mL)). The reaction mixture was stirred under 35 psi of H2 gas for 3 hours at room temperature. The catalyst was filtered away on a plug of Celite. The reaction mixture was concentrated to yield crude product. Purification by preparative TLC (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) yielded the title product as yellowish solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 13.23 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.59 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.78 (m, 2H), 0.32 (s, 1H), 6.88(m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.72 (m, 3H), 8.32 (m, 1H).
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (305), MH (303)
  • EXAMPLE 68 3-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-2-(5-bromo-furan-2-carbonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one
  • To a solution of 5-bromo-2-furoic acid (2.1 g, 6.856 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.66 mL, 7.541 mmol). 2 drops of DMF were then added to the reaction mixture, with bubbles of CO observed to come out vigorously. Oxalyl chloride ((COCl)2) (0.1 mL) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min and at 90° C. for 10 min. Solvent and excess (COCl)2 were taken off under vacuum to yield 5-bromo-furan-2-carbonyl chloride as a pale yellow crystalline solid.
  • The solid 5-bromo-furan-2-carbonyl chloride was dissolved in THF (20 mL). A solution of 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolinone (2.1 g, 6.856 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was then added. Triethylamine (4.55 mL, 32.64 mmol) and DMAP (40 mg, 0.327 mmol) were then added in sequentially. A few drops of DMF were added to the reaction mixture to keep the solution clear. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in CHCl3 (200 mL) and washed with H2O (3×200 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 to yield the title product as an off-white solid. No further purification was necessary.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 4.87 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.19 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.78 (m, 2H), 6.24˜7.60 (m, 8H), 8.39 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz)
  • MS (m/z): 479, 481 (MH+), 479, 477 (MH)
  • EXAMPLE 69 THROUGH 79
  • General Procedure
  • 3-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-2-(5-bromo-furan-2-carbonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (0.100 g, 0.2086 mmol) was stirred with a mixture of a suitably substituted boronic acid (0.2296 mmol, 1.1 eq), Pd(PPh3)4 (12.4 mg, 0.01043 mmol), K2CO3 (86.4 mg, 0.6258 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) and H2O (2 mL) was degased under N2 and then stirred at 100° C. for 1.5 hours. The crude reaction mixture was loaded onto a silica gel preparative TLC plate and eluted with 5% CH3OH/CH2CL2 to yield the isolated product as a solid.
  • Compound #110 (Reacted with Phenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.19 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.42 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.93 (s, 2H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.74-8.31 (m, 14H)
  • MS (m/z): 477 (MH+), 475 (MH)
  • Compound #111 (Reacted with 4-methylthiophenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.21 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.44 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H, J=9.0 Hz), 6.98 (s, 2H), 7.21˜7.81 (m, 11H), 8.31 (d, 1H, J=9.0 Hz)
  • MS (m/z): 523 (MH+), 521 (MH)
  • Compound #112 (Reacted with 3-thienyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.22 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.43 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.88 (s, 2H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.72˜8.38 (m, 12H)
  • MS (m/z): 483 (MH+), 481 (MH)
  • Compound #116 (Reacted with 4-methylphenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 2.25 (s, 3H), 5.21 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.42 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.80 (s, 2H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.74˜8.31 (m, 13H)
  • MS (m/z): 491 (MH+), 489(MH)
  • Compound #113 (Reacted with 2-nitrophenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.25 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.42 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.88 (s, 2H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 6.68˜8.66 (m, 13H)
  • MS (m/z): 522 (MH+), 520 (MH)
  • Compound #117 (Reacted with 2-thienyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.19˜5.42 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, 2H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.74˜8.35 (m, 11H)
  • MS (m/z): 467 (MH+), 465 (MH)
  • Compound #118 (Reacted with 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.19˜5.42 (m, 2H), 5.93 (m, 4H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.74˜8.31 (m, 12H)
  • MS (m/z): 521 (MH+), 519 (MH)
  • Compound #119 (Reacted with 4-cyanophenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.21˜5.42 (m, 2H), 5.70 (m, 2H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 6.60˜8.51 (m, 13H)
  • MS (m/z): 502 (MH+), 500 (MH)
  • Compound #120 (Reacted with 4-hydroxymethylphenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 4.79 (s, 2H), 5.25 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.52 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.89 (s, 2H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.70˜8.31 (m, 13H)
  • MS (m/z): 507 (MH+), 505 (MH)
  • Compound #121 (Reacted with 3-hydroxymethylphenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 4.79 (s, 2H), 5.21 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.48 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.89 (s, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.62˜8.31 (m, 13H)
  • MS (m/z): 507 (MH+), 505 (MH)
  • Compound #122 (Reacted with 4-dimethylaminophenyl Boronic Acid)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.21˜5.50 (d, 1H, J=11.5 Hz), 5.90 (s, 2H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.64˜8.31 (m, 13H)
  • MS (m/z): 520 (MH+), 518 (MH)
  • EXAMPLE 80 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-pyrimidin-2-yl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#123)
  • 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetra hydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one.HCl salt (0.15 g, 0.440 mmol) was stirred with chloropyrimidine (60.5 mg, 0.528 mmol), KF (31 mg, 0.528 mmol) and DIEA (0.19 mL, 1.1 mmol) at 60° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (20 mL). The solid was filtered and dried on a suction funnel under vacuum. After silica gel preparative TLC, the title product was isolated as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 3.10 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.52 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.92 (m, 2H), 6.15˜8.45 (m, 10H), 9.81 (br, s, 1H)
  • MS (m/z) 383(MH+), 381 (MH).
  • EXAMPLE 81 3-Benzofuran-5-yl-2-(5-pyridin-2-yl-pyrimidin-2-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#126) A: Benzofuran-5-carbaldehyde was Prepared According to the Process Described by Hiroya, K.; Hashimura, K.; Ogasawara, K. in Heterocycles, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 11, 2463-72 B: 1-Benzofuran-5-yl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was Prepared According to the Process Outlined in Example 12,
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 2.68˜2.95 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 3.28 (m, 1H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (289), MH (287).
  • C: 1-Benzofuran-5-yl-2-(5-pyridin-2-yl-pyrimidin-2-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline was Prepared According to the Process Outlined in Example 12
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 3.00 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 5.11 (m, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 7.15˜8.00 (m, 12H), 8.61 (m, 1H), 8.91 (m, 1H), 8.22 (s, 2H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (444), MH (442).
  • D: 1-(5-benzofuryl)2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]-1H-β-carboline (30 mg, 0.06764 mmol) and KOtBu (12.9 mg, 0.115 mmol) were stirred in DMF (1 mL) under O2 gas for 10 hours at room temperature
  • Preparative TLC (5% methanol in CH2Cl2) Yielded the Title Product as Yellow Solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 5.15 (m, 2H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 6.82˜8.98 (m, 15H)
  • MS (m/z) 458, (MH+), 456 (MH).
  • EXAMPLE 82 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-[5-(1-oxy-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#125)
  • 3-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[5-(2-pyridinyl)-2-pyrimidinyl]-(3R)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (4.5 mg, 0.010 mmol) and mCPBA (1.73 mg, 0.010 mmol) were stirred in THF (2 mL). A few drops of DMF were added to make the solution clear. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 80 hours and then at 60° C. for 8 hours. Preparative TLC (10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) yielded the title product as off-white solid, with some recovered starting material
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 3.12 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.45 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 7.21˜8.99 (m, 11H)
  • MS (m/z) 458, (MH+), 456 (MH).
  • EXAMPLE 83 THROUGH 86 1-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-[5-(2,3-dimethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • 2-(5-bromo-2-pyrimidinyl)-1-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (0.45 g, 1.00 mmol), 1,2-dimethyl-1H-imidazole (0.18 g, 1.87 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (12 mg, 0.05 mmol), PPh3 (26 mg, 0.1 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.28 g, 2 mmol) were stirred in 3.5 mL DMF at 140° C. for 14 hours. The mixture was poured into aqueous 10% NaOH solution (50 mL). The resulting solution was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×50 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. Purification by preparative TLC yielded the title product as yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H, J=8.8.Hz), 3.35 (m, 1H), 4.52 (t, 2H, J=8.8.Hz), 4.91 (m, 1H), 6.68˜7.61 (m, 10H)
  • MS (m/z) 463 (MH+), 461 (MH).
  • The following compounds were similarly prepared according to the procedure described above with appropriate selection and substitution of suitably substituted reagents.
  • 2-[5-(3-Benzyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2,3.4.9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • MS (m/z) 539, (MH+), 537 (MH).
  • 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-[5-(2,3-dimethyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-pyrimidin-2-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-β]quinolin-9-one (#128)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 3.08 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 4.42 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 5.02 (br, s, 2H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.53 (s, 2H), 8.35 (m, 3H)
  • MS (m/z) 477, (MH+), 475 (MH).
  • 2-[5-(3-Benzyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(2, 3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#127)
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 1.90 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 2H), 3.12 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.48 (t, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 5.12 (m, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 6.61-8.85 (m, 15H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (553), MH (551).
  • EXAMPLE 87 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-pyridin-2-yl-1, 2,3,4-tetrahydro-Pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#129)
  • 3-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one HCl (0.30 g, 0.88 mmol) and 2-bromo-pyridine (2 mL), Pd2dba3 (0.23 g, 0.25 mmol), BINAP (0.47 g, 0.75 mmol) and NaOtBu (0.66 g, 6.87 mmol) were stirred in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) at 90° C. for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was concentrated and then filtered on a plug of Celite with CH2Cl2. Purification by preparative TLC (5% CH3OH/CH2Cl2) yielded the title product as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 2.92 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.40 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.54 (d, 1H, J=22 Hz), 4.85 (d, 1H, J=22 Hz), 6.55 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.35 (m, 4H), 8.02 (m, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H, J=9.3 Hz)
  • MS (m/z) 382, (MH+), 380 (MH)
  • EXAMPLE 88 3-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-2-(4-imidazol-1-yl-phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#133)
  • 3-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (30.6 mg, 0.1 mmol), 1-(4-bromo-phenyl)-1H-imidazole (22.3 mg, 0.1 mmol), Pd2dba3 (4.6 mg, 0.005 mmol), biphenyl-2-yl-di-tert-butyl-phosphane 3.0 mg, 0.01 mmol) and NaOtBu (14 mg, 0.14 mmol) were stirred in 1,4-dioxane (0.6 mL) at 89° C. for 17 hours. Purification by preparative TLC (5% CH3OH/CH2Cl2) yielded the title product as yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 4.70 (d, 1H), 5.02 (d, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 5.88 (s, 2H), 6.75˜8.32 (m, 14H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (449), MH (447)
  • EXAMPLE 89 2-[2,3′]Bipyridinyl-6′-yl-3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1, 2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (# 134) A: 2-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • 1-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (11.6 g, 40 mmol), 2,5-dibromopyridine (10.42 g, 44 mmol), Pd2dba3 (1.465 g, 1.6 mmol), dppp (1.32 g, 3.2 mmol) and NaOtBu (5.38 g, 56 mmol) were stirred in 60 mL DMF at 80° C. for 3 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of Celite with CH2Cl2. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, the crude mixture was then loaded on Foxy column (110 g silica gel) and eluted with ethyl acetate/hexane (3:7). The product crystallized out in test tubes. The product was concentrated and then recrystallized from THF to yield the product as yellow crystals.
  • 1H NMR 400 MHz (THF-d8) δ 0.91 (m, 1H), 1.15 (m, 1H), 1.25(t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 1.60 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 2.60 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.75 (d, 1H, J=7.6H), 5.02 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 5.10˜5.28 (m, 4H), 5.380 (m, 2H), 5.58 (m, 1H), 5.72 (m, 1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H)
  • MS (m/z) 446, 448 (MH+), 444, 446 (MH).
  • B: 2-[2,3′]Bipyridinyl-6′-yl-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline
  • The product from step A above (0.4 g, 0.896 mmol), 2-tributylstannanyl-pyridine (0.8 g, 2.17 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.12 g, 0.104 mmol) were stirred in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) at 88° C. for 24 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of Celite with CH2Cl2 and then concentrated to a small volume. Preparative TLC (3:7 ethyl acetate/heaxne; then 5% CH3OH/CH2Cl2) yielded the product as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.82 (m, 1H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.53 (t, 2H, J=9.5 z), 6.71 (, d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 6.85 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz)
  • MS (m/z) 445, (MH+), 443 (MH)
  • C: 2-[2,3′]Bipyridinyl-6′-yl-3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#134)
  • Following the procedure describe in Example 19 with appropriate selection and substitution of reagents, yielded the title product as a solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 3.16 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.43 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.98˜5.20 (m, 2H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 6.60˜8.70 (15H)
  • MS (m/z) 459 (MH+), 457 (MH)
  • EXAMPLE 90 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-[5-(3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#137) A: 2-Chloro-5-(3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridine
  • 2-Chloro-4-iodo-pyridine (0.239 g, 1 mmol), 1-methyl-1H-imidazole (0.41 g, 5 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (22.5 mg, 0.1 mmol), PPh3 (53 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (0.326 g, 1 mmol) were stirred in DMF (3 mL) at 120° C., for 6 hours. Purification by preparative TLC yielded the product as an oil containing 1-methyl-1H-imidazole. The product was used for the next step without further purification.
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.68 (s, 3H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (d, 1H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (194).
  • B: 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-[5-(3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#137)
  • 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (0.127 g, 0.372 mmol), 2-chloro-5-(3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridine (0.06 g, 0.31 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (3.5 mg, 0.0155 mmol), biphenyl-2-yl-dicyclohexyl-phosphane (5.43 mg, 0.0155 mmol) and NaOtBu (0.104 g, 1.085 mmol) were stirred in 1,4-dioxane (0.6 mL) at 90° C. Purification by preparative TLC (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) yielded the product as yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CDCl3) δ 3.12 (t, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.50 (t, 2H), 5.12 (m, 2H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 6.70 (m, 2H), 7.20-8.55 (m, 10H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (462), MH (460)
  • EXAMPLE 91 2-[5-(3-Benzyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#138) A: 5-(3-Benzyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-2-chloro-pyridine
  • Following the procedure described in Example 90, Step A, with appropriate selection and substitution of reagents, yielded the product as a solid.
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.86-8.30 (m, 10H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (270)
  • B: Following the Procedure Described in Example 90 Step B, with Appropriate Selection and Substitution of Reagents, Yield the Product as a Solid
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 3.12 (t, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 4.55 (t, 2H), 5.10 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 6.45-8.54 (m, 12H)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (538), MH (536).
  • EXAMPLE 92 3-(2, 3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-pyridin-2-yl-1,2,3,4-tetra hydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (#136)
  • 3-(2,3-dihydro-5-benzofuranyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-(3R)-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one HCl (0.0341 g, 0.1 mmol), 2-iodo-pyridine (0.0341 g, 0.2 mmol), Pd2dba3 (22.9 mg, 0.025 mmol), BINAP (46.7 mg, 0.075 mmol) and NaOtBu (58 mg, 0.6 mmol) were stirred in 1,4-dioxane (0.8 mL) at 50° C. for 3 hours. Purification by preparative TLC (5% methanol/CH2Cl2) yielded the product as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR 300 MHz (CD3OD) δ 2.92 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.40 (t, 2H, J=9.5 Hz), 4.54 (d, 1H, J=22 Hz), 4.85 (d, 1H, J=22 Hz), 6.55 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.35 (m, 4H), 8.02 (m, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H, J=9.3 Hz)
  • MS (m/z) MH+ (382), MH (380)
  • HPLC trace: Chiral OD, methanol, 25° C., tr=5.201 min.
  • EXAMPLE 93 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofurn-5-yl)-2-[5-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one
  • A stirred solution of 2-[5-(3-Benzyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one (0.005 mmol, 1 equivalent), prepared as in Example 91, and p-toluenesulfonyl hydrazide (0.25 mmol, 50 equivalents) in CH3OH (3 mL) at about 80° C. is added to a solution of sodium acetate (0.5 mmol, 100 equiv.) in H2O (2 mL) over about a 2 h period. The mixture is stirred for about another 3 h at about 80° C., then cooled to about 25° C., and the solvent evaporated. The residue is dissolved into CH2Cl2 (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to yield the title product.
  • EXAMPLE 94 3-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-2-[5-(2-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one
  • Following the procedure described in Example 93, 2-[5-(3-benzyl-2-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-3-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one, prepared as in Example 86, is reacted to yield the title compound.
  • EXAMPLE 95 In Vitro Testing
  • Cyclic Nucleotide Phosphodiesterase (PDE) Assay
  • PDEV Isolation
  • PDEV was isolated from rabbit and human tissues according to the protocol described by Boolell et al. (Boolell, M., Allen, M. J., Ballard, S. A., Ge[o-Attee, S., Muirhead, G. J., Naylor, A. M., Osterloh, I. H., and Gingell, C) in International Journal of Impotence Research 1996 8, 47-52 with minor modifications.
  • Briefly, rabbit or human tissues were homogenized in an ice-cold buffer solution containing 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.2), 0.25M sucrose, 1 mM EDTA, and 1 mM phenylmethylsulphonyl fluoride (PMSF). The homogenates were centrifuged at 100,000 g for 60 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant was filtered through 0.2 μM filter and loaded on a Pharmacia Mono Q anion exchange column (1 ml bed volume) that was equilibrated with 20 mM HEPES, 1 mM EDTA and 0.5 mM PMSF. After washing out unbound proteins, the enzymes were eluted with a linear gradient of 100-600 mM NaCl in the same buffer (35 to 50 ml total, depending on the tissue. Enzymes from the skeletal muscle, corpus cavernosum, retina, heart and platelet were eluted with 35, 40, 45, 50, and 50 ml respectively.) The column was run at a flow rate of 1 ml/min and 1 ml fractions were collected. The fractions comprising various PDE activities were pooled separately and used in later studies.
  • Measurement of Inhibition of PDEV
  • The PDE assay was carried out as described by Thompson and Appleman in Biochemistry 1971 10, 311-316 with minor modifications, as noted below.
  • The assays were adapted to a 96-well format. The enzyme was assayed in 5 mM MgCl2, 15 mM Tris HCl (pH 7.4), 0.5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 1 μM cGMP or cAMP, 0.1 μCi [3H]-cGMP or [3H]-cAMP, and 2-10 μl of column elution. The total volume of the assay was 100 μl. The reaction mixture was incubated at 30° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction was stopped by boiling for 1 minute and then cooled down on ice. The resulting [3H]5′-mononucleotides were further converted to uncharged [3H]-nucleosides by adding 25 μl 1 mg/ml snake venom (Ophiophagus hannah) and incubating at 30° C. for 10 minute. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 1 ml Bio-Rad AG1-X2 resin slurry (1:3). All the charged nucleotides were bound by the resin and only uncharged [3H]-nucleosides remained in the supernatant after centrifuging. An aliquot of 200 μl was taken and counted by liquid scintillation. PDE activity was expressed as pmol cyclic nucleotide hydrolyzed/min/ml of enzyme preparation.
  • Inhibitor studies were carried out in assay buffer with a final concentration of 10% DMSO. Under these conditions, the hydrolysis of product increased with time and enzyme concentration in a linear fashion.
  • EXAMPLE 96 In Vitro Determination of Ki for Phosphodiesterase Inhibitors
  • The assays were adapted to a 96-well format. Phosphodiesterase was assayed in 5 mM MgCl2, 15 mM Tris HCl (pH 7.4), 0.5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 30 nM 3H-cGMP and test compound at various concentrations. The amount of enzyme used for each reaction was such that less than 15% of the initial substrate was converted during the assay period. For all measurements, the test compound was dissolved and diluted in 100% DMSO (2% DMSO in assay). The total volume of the assay was 100 μl. The reaction mixture was incubated at 30° C. for 90 minutes. The reaction was stopped by boiling for 1 minute and then immediately cooled by transfer to an ice bath. To each well was then added 25 μl 1 mg/ml snake venom (Ophiophagus hannah) and the reaction mixture incubating at 30° C. for 10 minute. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 1 ml Bio-Rad AG1-X2 resin slurry (1:3). An aliquot of 200 μl was taken and counted by liquid scintillation.
  • The % inhibition of the maximum substrate conversion (by the enzyme in the absence of inhibitor) was calculated for each test compound concentration. Using GraphPad Prism's nonlinear regression analysis (sigmoidal dose response), the % inhibition vs log of the test compound concentration was plotted to determine the IC50. Under conditions where substrate concentration <<Km of the enzyme (Km=substrate concentration at which half of the maximal velocity of the enzyme is achieved), Ki is equivalent to the IC50 value.
  • Following procedures as described herein, the compounds as listed in Tables 1-6 were prepared. PDEV inhibitory activities for these compounds are presented either as the IC50 (μM), as a percent inhibition at a given concentration of test compound or as a Ki value in the Tables below. Unless otherwise noted, PDEV inhibitory activities were measured using human tissue. The abbreviation “stereo” refers to the stereogenic configuration, the abbreviation “Rac” shall denote a racemic mixture.
    TABLE 1
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00045
    ID # R2 Stereo IC50 (nM)
    4 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl Rac 664
    12 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl Rac 549a
    17 5-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl) Rac 65% Inh @ 10 μM
    48 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl R
  • TABLE 2
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00046
    ID # R2 Stereo IC50 (nM)
    3 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl Rac 340a
  • TABLE 3
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00047
     ID #  R2  Stereo
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00048
     R4 IC50 (nM)
    1 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3,4-dimethoxy 0.165
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    2 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-methoxy 0.191
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    7 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-methyl 0.325
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    11 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl absent 3.73
    dioxyphenyl
    35 3,4-methylene S 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3,4-dimethoxy 1.42a
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    36 3,4-methylene R 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3,4-dimethoxy 0.075
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    55 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-bromo 4.48
    dioxyphenyl
    56 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3-pyridinyl) 1.24
    dioxyphenyl
    57 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-pyridinyl) 0.84
    dioxyphenyl
    15 3,4-dimethoxy Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3,4-dimethoxy 1156
    phenyl phenyl)
    39 5-(2,3-dihydro- Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-methoxy 0.47
    benzofuryl) phenyl)
    66 5-(2,3-dihydro- R 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-methoxy 0.19
    benzofuryl) phenyl)
    42 5-(2,3-dihydro- Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-hydroxy 1.06
    benzofuryl) phenyl)
    51 5-(2,3-dihydro- benzofuryl) Rac 2-pyrimidinyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00049
    1.70a
    52 5-(2,3-dihydro- benzofuryl) Rac 2-pyrimidinyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00050
    0.40a
    61 5-(2,3-dihydro- Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(2-pyridinyl) 1.03
    benzofuryl)
    65 5-(2,3-dihydro- R 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(2-pyridinyl) 0.23
    benzofuryl)
    70 5-(2,3-dihydro- Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3-pyridinyl) 2.10
    benzofuryl)
    73 5-(2,3-dihydro- R 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-methoxy 0.170
    benzofuryl) phenyl)
    74 5-(2,3-dihydro- Rac 2-pyrimidinyl 5-bromo 1.90
    benzofuryl)
    76 5-(2,3-dihydro- R 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(2-pyridinyl) 0.230
    benzofuryl)
    81 5-(2,3-dihydro- R 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(3,4-dimethoxy 0.230
    benzofuryl) phenyl)
    84 5-(2,3-dihydro- S 2-pyrimidinyl 5-(4-methoxy 2.42
    benzofuryl) phenyl)
    85 3,4-methylene dixoyphenyl Rac 2-pyrimidinyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00051
    0.90
    91 3,4-methylene Rac 2-thiazolyl 3-(4-methoxy 0.410
    dixoyphenyl phenyl)
    96 3,4- Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(4-methoxy 0.520
    dihydrobenzo- phenyl)
    [1,4]-dioxin-6-yl
    99 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(4-pyridinyl) 0.840
    dixoyphenyl
    100 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(3-pyridinyl) 0.520
    dixoyphenyl
    114 5-indanyl Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(3,4,-methylene 1.14
    dioxyphenyl)
    123 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyrimidynyl absent 12.8
    benzofuryl)
    124 3-thienyl Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(3,4-dimethoxy 4.132
    phenyl)
    125 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyrimidynyl N-oxo-2-pyridinyl Ki =
    benzofuryl) 0.144
    126 5-benzofuryl Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(2-pyridinyl) Ki =
    0.138
    127 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(1-benzyl-2- Ki =
    benzofuryl) methyl-imidazolyl) 0.140
    128 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyrimidynyl 5-(1,2-dimethyl Ki =
    benzofuryl) imidazolyl) 0.300
    129 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyridinyl absent Ki =
    benzofuryl) 0.650
    130 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyridinyl 5-bromo 1.9
    benzofuryl)
    131 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyridinyl 5-bromo Ki =
    benzofuryl) 1.55
    132 3,4-methylene Rac 2-pyridinyl absent
    dioxyphenyl
    133 3,4-methylene Rac phenyl 4-(1-imidazolyl) Ki =
    dioxyphenyl 1.75
    134 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyridinyl 5-(2-pyridinyl) Ki =
    benzofuryl) 1.10
    136 5-(2,3-dihydro R 2-pyridinyl absent Ki =
    benzofuryl) 0.18
    137 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyridinyl 5-(5-(1-methyl)-
    benzofuryl) imidazolyl)
    138 5-(2,3-dihydro Rac 2-pyridinyl 5-(5-(1-benzyl)-
    benzofuryl) imidazolyl)
  • TABLE 4
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00052
     ID #  R2  Stereo  Y
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00053
     R4 IC50 (nM)
    5 3,4- Rac CH2 4-pyridinyl absent 688
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    6 3,4- Rac C(O)CH═ phenyl 4-methoxy 0.507
    methylene CH carbonyl
    dioxyphenyl
    8 3,4- Rac C(O)— phenyl 4-carboxy 0.828
    methylene CH═CH
    dioxyphenyl
    9 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-benzo(b) 6-hydroxy 0.460
    methylene furyl
    dioxyphenyl
    13 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3-tri 0.227
    methylene fluoromethyl
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    16 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4-nitro 0.390
    methylene phenyl)
    dioxyphenyl
    18 3,4- Rac C(S) 1- absent 54%
    methylene imidazolyl Inh @
    dioxyphenyl 10 μM
    19 3,4- Rac CH2 phenyl absent 234
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    21 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 1.93
    methylene methoxy
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    22 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 0.86
    methylene hydroxy
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    23 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4-formyl 1.76
    methylene phenyl)
    dioxyphenyl
    24 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 1.21
    methylene methoxy
    dioxyphenyl carbonyl
    phenyl)
    25 3,4- Rac C(O) 3-pyridinyl 2-hydroxy 1.57
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    26 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4-amino 1.92
    methylene phenyl)
    dioxyphenyl
    27 3,4- Rac C(O)—O— phenyl absent 3.40a
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    28 3,4- S CH2 phenyl absent 6881a
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    29 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 1.05
    methylene cabroxy
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    30 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-bromo 5.20a
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    31 3,4- Rac C(O)— phenyl 4-methoxy 11.20
    methylene CH2—CH2 carbonyl
    dioxyphenyl
    32 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl Rac C(O) 2-benzo(b) furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00054
    3.40
    33 3,4- Rac C(O)— phenyl 4-carboxy 3.40
    methylene CH2—CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    34 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl Rac C(O)—CH2—CH2 phenyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00055
    59.50a
    37 3,4- Rac C(O)O— 4-pyridinyl absent 5.72
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    44 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl Rac C(O) 2-furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00056
    1.58
    69 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl R C(O) 2-furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00057
    0.32
    45 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl Rac C(O) 2-furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00058
    1.33
    47 3,4- R CH2 phenyl absent
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    49 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl Rac C(O) 2-benzo(b) furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00059
    1.127a
    50 3,4- R C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3-tri 0.61a
    methylene fluoromethyl
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    54 3,4- Rac CH2 phenyl absent 234
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    58 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 0.86
    methylene hydroxy
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    59 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3-tri 0.66
    methylene fluoromethyl
    dioxyphenyl phenyl)
    20 5-(2,3- Rac C(O)— phenyl 4-methoxy 0.530
    dihydro- CH═CH carbonyl
    benzofuryl)
    53 5-(2,3- Rac C(O)O— 4-pyridinyl absent 5.340a
    dihydro- CH2
    benzofuryl)
    60 5-(2,3- Rac CH2 phenyl absent
    dihydro-
    benzofuryl)
    75 3,4- Rac C(O) phenyl absent 51.51
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    77 5-(2,3- R CH2 phenyl absent 62.67
    dihydro-
    benzofuryl)
    79 3,4- R C(O)O— 4-pyridinyl absent 34.78
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    80 3,4- S C(O)O— 4-pyridinyl absent 2.710
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    82 3,4- methylene dioxyphenyl R C(O) 2-furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00060
    0.320
    86 5-(2,3- Rac C(O)O— phenyl 4-carboxy 3.310
    dihydro- CH2
    benzofuryl)
    87 3,4- Rac C(O)O— phenyl 4-carboxy 1.560
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    88 3,4- Rac C(O) 2- 6-benzyloxy 1.430
    methylene benzofuryl
    dioxyphenyl
    92 5-(2,3- Rac C(O)O— phenyl 4-methoxy 2.880
    dihydro- CH2 carbonyl
    benzofuryl)
    97 3,4- Rac C(O)O— phenyl absent 2.120
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    98 5-(2,3- Rac C(O) 2- absent 1.020
    dihydro- benzofuryl
    benzofuryl)
    101 3,4- Rac C(O)- phenyl absent 2.90
    methylene cyclo
    dioxyphenyl propyl
    102 3,4- Rac C(O)CH2 3-pyridinyl absent 95.10
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    103 3,4- Rac C(O)— phenyl absent 0.540
    methylene CH═CH
    dioxyphenyl
    104 3,4- Rac C(O)—CH2 4-pyridinyl absent 87.050
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    106 5-(2,3- dihydro- benzofuryl) Rac C(O) 2-furyl
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00061
    1.30
    107 3,4- Rac C(O)—NH— 4-pyridinyl absent 40.550
    methylene CH2
    dioxyphenyl
    110 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-phenyl 0.755
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    111 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4-methyl 0.952
    methylene thiophenyl)
    dioxyphenyl
    112 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3-thienyl) 0.699
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    113 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3- 0.812
    methylene nitrophenyl)
    dioxyphenyl
    115 5-(2,3- Rac C(O) 2- absent 14.3
    dihydro imidazolyl
    benzofuryl)
    116 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4methyl 4.01
    methylene phenyl)
    117 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(2-furyl) 4.75
    methylene
    dioxyphenyl
    118 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3,4- 1.97
    methylene methylene
    dioxyphenyl dioxyphenyl
    119 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4-cyano 1.19
    methylene phenyl)
    dioxyphenyl
    120 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 1.22
    methylene hydroxy
    dioxyphenyl methyl
    phenyl)
    121 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(3- 0.56
    methylene hydroxy
    dioxyphenyl methyl
    phenyl)
    122 3,4- Rac C(O) 2-furyl 5-(4- 2.05
    methylene dimethyl
    dioxyphenyl amino
    phenyl)
    135 5-(2,3- R C(O) S-2-oxa- 2-oxo-4,7,7- Ki =
    dihydro bicyclo trimethyl 13.9
    benzofuryl) [2.2.1]
    heptanyl
    139 5-(2,3- R C(O) R-2-oxa- 3-oxo-4,7,7-
    dihydro bicylo trimethyl
    benzofuryl) [2.2.1]
    heptanyl
  • TABLE 5
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00062
     ID #  R2  Y  R3
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00063
     R4 IC50 (nM)
    63 3,4-methylene C(O)— methyl phenyl 4-methoxy 511a
    dioxyphenyl CH═CH carbonyl
  • TABLE 6
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00064
     ID #  R2  Y  R3
    Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00065
     R4 IC50 (nM)
    64 3,4-methylene C(O)— methyl phenyl 4-methoxy 113a
    dioxyphenyl CH═CH carbonyl

    aCompounds tested using rabbit tissue.
  • EXAMPLE 97 In Vivo Testing
  • Following the procedure disclosed by Carter et al., (Carter, A. J., Ballard, S. A., and Naylor, A. M.) in The Journal of Urology 1998, 160, 242-246, the compounds as listed in Table 7 were tested for in vivo efficacy, with results as tabulated below.
    TABLE 7
    ID # Efficacy
    36 Active
    37 Active
    65 Active
    66 Active
  • EXAMPLE 98
  • As a specific embodiment of an oral composition, 100 mg of the compound of Example 21 is formulated with sufficient finely divided lactose to provide a total amount of 580 to 590 mg to fill a size O hard gel capsule.
  • While the foregoing specification teaches the principles of the present invention, with examples provided for the purpose of illustration, it will be understood that the practice of the invention encompasses all of the usual variations, adaptations and/or modifications as come within the scope of the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims (11)

1. A compound of formula (I) or (II):
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00066
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxy, —C(O)—C1-C6alkyl, —C(O)—C1-C6alkoxy, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-NH2, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-NHRA, NH—C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2, —C(O)—NH2, —C(O)—NHRA, —C(O)—N(RA)2, —C1-C6alkyl-NH2, —C1-C6alkyl-NHRA, —C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2, —NH—C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2;
where each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6alkyl, aryl, C1-C6aralkyl and heteroaryl, where the aryl, aralkyl or heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to three RB;
where each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6alkylcarbonyl, carboxyC1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, amino, di(C1-C6alkyl)amino, acetylamino, carboxyC1-C6alkylcarbonylamino, hydroxyC1-C6alkylamino, NHRA and N(RA)2;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of C5-C10alkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, amino, NHRA or N(RA)2), aryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC), cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RA), heteroaryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC), and heterocycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC);
where RC is selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NH(C1-C6alkyl) and N(C1-C6alkyl)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6alkenylcarbonyl and C2-C6alkynylcarbonyl;
b is an integer from 0 to 4;
R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, nitro, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6alkoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl (wherein the phenyl group may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), phenylsulfonyl, naphthyl, C1-C6aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, (wherein the aralkyl group may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), heteroaryl (wherein the heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), heterocycloalkyl, NH2, NHRA, N(RA)2,
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00067
where each RD is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, C1-C4alkyl, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxyC1-4alkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkyoxycarbonyl, C1-C4alkylcarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NHRA, N(RA)2, C(O)N(RA)2, SO2N(RA)2, acetylamino, nitro, cyano, formyl, C1-C6alkylsulfonyl, carboxyC1-C6alkyl and aralkyl;
c is an integer from 0 to 4;
R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, hydroxy, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, —NH2, —NHRA, —N(RA)2, —ORA, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHRA, —C(O)N(RA)2, —NHC(O)RA, —SO2NHRA, —SO2N(RA)2, where RA is as defined above, phenyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB), heteroaryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB) and heterocycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB);
a is an integer from 0 to 1;
Y selected from the group consisting of —C1-C6alkyl-, —C(O)—, —(C1-C6alkyl)carbonyl-, —(C2-C6alkenyl)carbonyl-, —(C2-C6alkynyl)carbonyl-, -carbonyl(C1-C6alkyl)-, -carbonyl(C2-C6alkenyl)-, —C(O)O—(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(S)—, —SO2—, —(C1-C6alkyl)sulfonyl-, -sulfonyl(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(O)NH—, —C(O)NH—(C1-C6alkyl)-, C(O)(C3-C7cycloalkyl)- and —(C3-C7cycloalkyl)-C(O)—;
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00068
is selected from the group consisting phenyl, furyl, thienyl and pyrrolyl;
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00069
is cycloalkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2-9. (canceled)
10. A compound of formula (I) or (II):
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00070
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carboxy, —C(O)—C1-C6alkyl, —C(O)—C1-C6alkoxy, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-NH2, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-NHRA, —C(O)—NH—C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2, —C(O)—NH2, —C(O)—NHRA, —C(O)—N(RA)2, —C1-C6alkyl-NH2, —C1-C6alkyl-NHRA, C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2, —NH-C1-C6alkyl-N(RA)2;
where each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6alkyl, aryl, C1-C6aralkyl and heteroaryl, where the aryl, aralkyl or heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to three RB;
where each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6alkylcarbonyl, carboxyC1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, amino, di(C1-C6alkyl)amino, acetylamino, carboxyC1-C6alkylcarbonylamino, hydroxyC1-C6alkylamino, NHRA and N(RA)2;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of C5-C10alkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, amino, NHRA or N(RA)2), aryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC), cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RA), heteroaryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC), and heterocycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RC);
where RC is selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NH(C1-C6alkyl) and N(C1-C6alkyl)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6alkenylcarbonyl and C2-C6alkynylcarbonyl;
b is an integer from 0 to 4;
R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, nitro, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6alkoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl (wherein the phenyl group may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), phenylsulfonyl, naphthyl, C1-C6aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, (wherein the aralkyl group may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), heteroaryl (wherein the heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RD), NH2, NHRA, N(RA)2,
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00071
where each RD is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-C4alkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkyoxycarbonyl, C1-C4alkylcarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, NH2, NHRA, N(RA)2, C(O)N(RA)2, SO2N(RA)2, acetylamino, nitro, cyano, formyl, C1-C6alkylsulfonyl and carboxyC1-C6alkyl;
c is an integer from 0 to 4;
R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, hydroxy, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, —NH2, —NHRA, —N(RA)2, —ORA, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHRA, —C(O)N(RA)2, —NHC(O)RA, —SO2NHRA, SO2N(RA)2, where RA is as defined above, phenyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB), heteroaryl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB) and heterocycloalkyl (optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from RB);
a is an integer from 0 to 1;
Y selected from the group consisting of —C1-C6alkyl-, —C(O)—, —(C1-C6alkyl)carbonyl-, —(C2-C6alkenyl)carbonyl-, —(C2-C6alkynyl)carbonyl-, -carbonyl(C1-C6alkyl)-, -carbonyl(C2-C6alkenyl)-, —C(O)O—(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(S)—, —SO2—, —(C1-C6alkyl)sulfonyl-, -sulfonyl(C1-C6alkyl)-, —C(O)NH—, —C(O)NH—(C1-C6alkyl)-, C(O)(C3-C7cycloalkyl)- and —(C3-C7cycloalkyl)-C(O)—;
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00072
is selected from the group consisting phenyl, furyl, thienyl and pyrrolyl;
Figure US20050113402A1-20050526-C00073
is cycloalkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound of claim 1.
12. A pharmaceutical composition made by mixing a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
13. A process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
14. A method of treating sexual dysfunction in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1.
15. A method of treating sexual dysfunction in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 11.
16. The method of treating sexual dysfunction of claim 14, wherein the sexual dysfunction is male sexual dysfunction, male erectile dysfunction, impotence, female sexual dysfunction, female sexual arousal dysfunction and female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris.
17. A method for increasing the concentration of cGMP in penile tissue in a male subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 1.
18. A method of treating a condition selected from the group consisting of male erectile dysfunction (ED), impotence, female sexual arousal dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction related to blood flow and nitric oxide production in the tissues of the vagina and clitoris, premature labor, dysmenorrhea, cardiovascular disorders, atherosclerosis, arterial occlusive disorders, thrombosis, coronary rest stenosis, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, heart failure, ischemic heart disorders, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, asthma, intermittent claudication and diabetic complications in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1.
US10/971,476 2000-05-17 2004-10-22 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors Abandoned US20050113402A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/971,476 US20050113402A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2004-10-22 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US20464600P 2000-05-17 2000-05-17
US09/847,749 US6635638B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2001-05-02 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US10/638,901 US6818646B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2003-08-11 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US10/971,476 US20050113402A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2004-10-22 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/638,901 Division US6818646B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2003-08-11 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050113402A1 true US20050113402A1 (en) 2005-05-26

Family

ID=22758822

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/847,749 Expired - Lifetime US6635638B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2001-05-02 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US10/638,901 Expired - Lifetime US6818646B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2003-08-11 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US10/971,476 Abandoned US20050113402A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2004-10-22 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/847,749 Expired - Lifetime US6635638B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2001-05-02 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US10/638,901 Expired - Lifetime US6818646B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2003-08-11 Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Country Status (29)

Country Link
US (3) US6635638B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1296981B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5366349B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20030031483A (en)
CN (1) CN1280291C (en)
AR (1) AR028575A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE278690T1 (en)
AU (1) AU6117801A (en)
BG (1) BG65925B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2409743C (en)
CZ (1) CZ20023945A3 (en)
DE (1) DE60106252T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2230316T3 (en)
GE (1) GEP20053510B (en)
HK (1) HK1054034B (en)
HR (1) HRP20020911B1 (en)
HU (1) HUP0302226A3 (en)
IL (2) IL152872A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA02011425A (en)
MY (1) MY126917A (en)
NO (1) NO324843B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ522732A (en)
PL (1) PL363150A1 (en)
PT (1) PT1296981E (en)
RU (1) RU2267490C2 (en)
SK (1) SK286992B6 (en)
UA (1) UA72611C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2001087882A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200210114B (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070015798A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2007-01-18 Xun Li Efficient and stereoselective process for large scale synthesis of (3R)-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one derivatives
US7678808B2 (en) 2006-05-09 2010-03-16 Braincells, Inc. 5 HT receptor mediated neurogenesis
WO2010099217A1 (en) 2009-02-25 2010-09-02 Braincells, Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis using d-cycloserine combinations
EP2258357A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-12-08 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis with acetylcholinesterase inhibitor
EP2275095A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-01-19 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis by muscarinic receptor modulation
EP2314289A1 (en) 2005-10-31 2011-04-27 Braincells, Inc. Gaba receptor mediated modulation of neurogenesis
WO2011063115A1 (en) 2009-11-19 2011-05-26 Braincells Inc. Combination of nootropic agent with one or more neurogenic or neurogenic sensitizing agents for stimulating or increasing neurogenesis
US7985756B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2011-07-26 Braincells Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis by PDE inhibition
WO2011091033A1 (en) 2010-01-20 2011-07-28 Braincells, Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis by ppar agents
US7998971B2 (en) 2006-09-08 2011-08-16 Braincells Inc. Combinations containing a 4-acylaminopyridine derivative
EP2377531A2 (en) 2006-05-09 2011-10-19 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis by modulating angiotensin
WO2013106547A1 (en) 2012-01-10 2013-07-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Beta-cell replication promoting compounds and methods of their use

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
UA72611C2 (en) * 2000-05-17 2005-03-15 Орто-Макнейл Фармацевтикал, Інк. Derivatives of substituted pyrrolopyridinone useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US7022856B2 (en) 2001-02-12 2006-04-04 Lilly Icos Llc. Carboline derivatives
ES2272695T3 (en) * 2001-02-12 2007-05-01 Lilly Icos Llc CARBOLINE DERIVATIVES.
US6686349B2 (en) 2001-11-14 2004-02-03 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Substituted tetracyclic pyrroloquinolone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
JP4916662B2 (en) * 2002-06-19 2012-04-18 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Substituted 2,4-dihydro-pyrrolo (3,4-b) -quinolin-9-one derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US7045652B2 (en) * 2002-07-03 2006-05-16 Pfizer Inc Processes for preparing substituted aryl boronic acids
DK1737461T3 (en) 2004-03-15 2013-03-18 Ptc Therapeutics Inc CARBOLIN DERIVATIVES FOR INHIBITING ANGIOGENESES
US8076352B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2011-12-13 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Administration of carboline derivatives useful in the treatment of cancer and other diseases
US7767689B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2010-08-03 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Carboline derivatives useful in the treatment of cancer
US8076353B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2011-12-13 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibition of VEGF translation
EP1851227A4 (en) * 2005-02-25 2010-03-10 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv An efficient and stereoselective process for large scale synthesis of 3-(r)-3- (2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydropyrrolo{3,4-b}quinolin-9-one
EP2379076B1 (en) 2008-12-23 2014-11-12 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Phosphodiesterase inhibitors and uses thereof
RU2451686C1 (en) * 2010-12-27 2012-05-27 Александр Васильевич Иващенко SUBSTITUTED HYDRATED TIENO-PYRROLO [3,2-c] PYRIDINES, LIGANDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND ITS APPLICATION METHOD
KR101236188B1 (en) * 2011-03-10 2013-02-22 한국화학연구원 Novel Pyrrolopyridinone Derivatives and Therapeutic Uses for MCH Receptor-1 Related Diseases
US9012642B2 (en) 2011-09-22 2015-04-21 Viiv Healthcare Uk Limited Pyrrolopyridinone compounds and methods for treating HIV
JO3407B1 (en) 2012-05-31 2019-10-20 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd Tetrahydropyrazolopyrimidine Compounds
US11427600B2 (en) 2014-06-27 2022-08-30 Nogra Pharma Limited Aryl receptor modulators and methods of making and using the same
WO2017168174A1 (en) 2016-04-02 2017-10-05 N4 Pharma Uk Limited New pharmaceutical forms of sildenafil
CN107216327A (en) * 2017-06-27 2017-09-29 山东大学 5 type phosphodiesterase inhibitors and its production and use
CN108752340B (en) * 2018-07-18 2020-09-01 山东中医药大学附属医院 Pyrroloquinoline derivatives and their use in the treatment of cardiac arrhythmias
CN109134463B (en) * 2018-09-17 2020-05-08 山东大学 β -carboline type 5 phosphodiesterase inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4235907A (en) * 1976-10-15 1980-11-25 Sandoz Ltd. Substituted-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-ones and treatment of allergic conditions with them
US5126352A (en) * 1985-06-13 1992-06-30 Schering Corporation Polycyclic quinoline, naphthyridine and pyrazinopyridine derivatives
US6043252A (en) * 1997-05-05 2000-03-28 Icos Corporation Carboline derivatives
US6335346B1 (en) * 1999-04-27 2002-01-01 Macef Pyrrolo-(3,4-b)quinoline derivatives, method for the production and use thereof as a medicament
US6635638B2 (en) * 2000-05-17 2003-10-21 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US204646A (en) * 1878-06-04 Improvement in hat-brims
DE2023514A1 (en) 1970-05-14 1971-12-02 Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Ag, 6700 Ludwigshafen Process for the preparation of 5,6-gamma-pyridone derivatives
US5250534A (en) * 1990-06-20 1993-10-05 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5190951A (en) 1990-10-19 1993-03-02 Ss Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinoline derivatives
GB9301192D0 (en) * 1993-06-09 1993-06-09 Trott Francis W Flower shaped mechanised table
GB9401090D0 (en) * 1994-01-21 1994-03-16 Glaxo Lab Sa Chemical compounds
ATE224377T1 (en) 1994-04-29 2002-10-15 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd CONDENSED HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, ITS PREPARATION AND USE AS GNRH ANTAGONISTS
DE4436509A1 (en) * 1994-10-13 1996-04-18 Hoechst Schering Agrevo Gmbh Substituted spiroalkylamino and alkoxy heterocycles, processes for their preparation and their use as pesticides and fungicides
CA2213510A1 (en) 1995-06-01 1996-12-05 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Diazepinones, their production and use
GB9514464D0 (en) * 1995-07-14 1995-09-13 Glaxo Lab Sa Medicaments
US6248739B1 (en) 1999-01-08 2001-06-19 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinolinecarboxamides as antiviral agents

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4235907A (en) * 1976-10-15 1980-11-25 Sandoz Ltd. Substituted-9H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-ones and treatment of allergic conditions with them
US5126352A (en) * 1985-06-13 1992-06-30 Schering Corporation Polycyclic quinoline, naphthyridine and pyrazinopyridine derivatives
US6043252A (en) * 1997-05-05 2000-03-28 Icos Corporation Carboline derivatives
US6335346B1 (en) * 1999-04-27 2002-01-01 Macef Pyrrolo-(3,4-b)quinoline derivatives, method for the production and use thereof as a medicament
US6635638B2 (en) * 2000-05-17 2003-10-21 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6818646B2 (en) * 2000-05-17 2004-11-16 Zhihua Sui Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070015798A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2007-01-18 Xun Li Efficient and stereoselective process for large scale synthesis of (3R)-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,4-b]quinolin-9-one derivatives
EP2258357A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-12-08 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis with acetylcholinesterase inhibitor
EP2258359A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-12-08 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis by muscarinic receptor modulation with sabcomelin
EP2258358A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-12-08 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis with acetylcholinesterase inhibitor
EP2275095A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-01-19 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis by muscarinic receptor modulation
EP2275096A2 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-01-19 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis via modulation of the muscarinic receptors
EP2377530A2 (en) 2005-10-21 2011-10-19 Braincells, Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis by PDE inhibition
US7985756B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2011-07-26 Braincells Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis by PDE inhibition
EP2314289A1 (en) 2005-10-31 2011-04-27 Braincells, Inc. Gaba receptor mediated modulation of neurogenesis
US7678808B2 (en) 2006-05-09 2010-03-16 Braincells, Inc. 5 HT receptor mediated neurogenesis
EP2377531A2 (en) 2006-05-09 2011-10-19 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis by modulating angiotensin
EP2382975A2 (en) 2006-05-09 2011-11-02 Braincells, Inc. Neurogenesis by modulating angiotensin
US7998971B2 (en) 2006-09-08 2011-08-16 Braincells Inc. Combinations containing a 4-acylaminopyridine derivative
WO2010099217A1 (en) 2009-02-25 2010-09-02 Braincells, Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis using d-cycloserine combinations
WO2011063115A1 (en) 2009-11-19 2011-05-26 Braincells Inc. Combination of nootropic agent with one or more neurogenic or neurogenic sensitizing agents for stimulating or increasing neurogenesis
WO2011091033A1 (en) 2010-01-20 2011-07-28 Braincells, Inc. Modulation of neurogenesis by ppar agents
WO2013106547A1 (en) 2012-01-10 2013-07-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Beta-cell replication promoting compounds and methods of their use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2230316T3 (en) 2005-05-01
ZA200210114B (en) 2004-03-12
NZ522732A (en) 2004-10-29
HRP20020911B1 (en) 2009-01-31
AU6117801A (en) 2001-11-26
JP5366349B2 (en) 2013-12-11
BG65925B1 (en) 2010-05-31
CN1280291C (en) 2006-10-18
RU2267490C2 (en) 2006-01-10
US6635638B2 (en) 2003-10-21
KR20020094063A (en) 2002-12-16
CA2409743C (en) 2010-10-19
HUP0302226A3 (en) 2012-12-28
CZ20023945A3 (en) 2003-10-15
HK1054034B (en) 2005-04-29
ATE278690T1 (en) 2004-10-15
IL152872A0 (en) 2003-06-24
JP2003533524A (en) 2003-11-11
KR100854050B1 (en) 2008-08-26
HUP0302226A2 (en) 2003-11-28
KR20030031483A (en) 2003-04-21
US20040044021A1 (en) 2004-03-04
BG107284A (en) 2003-07-31
IL152872A (en) 2010-11-30
DE60106252D1 (en) 2004-11-11
WO2001087882A2 (en) 2001-11-22
US20020010183A1 (en) 2002-01-24
UA72611C2 (en) 2005-03-15
NO20025525D0 (en) 2002-11-18
EP1296981A2 (en) 2003-04-02
WO2001087882A3 (en) 2002-05-23
SK17132002A3 (en) 2003-12-02
US6818646B2 (en) 2004-11-16
SK286992B6 (en) 2009-09-07
NO20025525L (en) 2003-01-03
NO324843B1 (en) 2007-12-17
EP1296981B1 (en) 2004-10-06
MXPA02011425A (en) 2004-09-06
CN1441801A (en) 2003-09-10
HRP20020911A2 (en) 2004-12-31
AR028575A1 (en) 2003-05-14
MY126917A (en) 2006-10-31
HK1054034A1 (en) 2003-11-14
PL363150A1 (en) 2004-11-15
CA2409743A1 (en) 2001-11-22
GEP20053510B (en) 2005-05-10
PT1296981E (en) 2004-12-31
DE60106252T2 (en) 2006-03-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6818646B2 (en) Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6492358B2 (en) β-carboline derivatives useful as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase
AU2001261167A1 (en) Beta-carboline derivatives useful as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase
AU2010202008A1 (en) Substituted 2,4-dihydro-pyrrolo (3,4-b) -quinolin-9-one derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6686349B2 (en) Substituted tetracyclic pyrroloquinolone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
AU2001261178B2 (en) Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
AU2001261178A1 (en) Substituted pyrrolopyridinone derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION